]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
Add i18n support to the GLR skeleton. Partially fix the C++
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
150 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
151
152 Examples
153
154 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
155 a first example with no operator precedence.
156 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
157 Operator precedence is introduced.
158 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
159 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
160 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
161 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
162 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
163
164 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
165
166 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
167 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
168 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
169 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
170 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
171 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
172 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
173
174 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
175
176 * Rpcalc Input::
177 * Rpcalc Line::
178 * Rpcalc Expr::
179
180 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
181
182 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
183 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
184 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
185
186 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
187
188 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
189 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
190 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
191
192 Bison Grammar Files
193
194 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
195 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
196 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
197 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
198 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
199 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
200 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
201 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
202
203 Outline of a Bison Grammar
204
205 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
206 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
207 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
208 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
209
210 Defining Language Semantics
211
212 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
213 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
214 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
215 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
216 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
217 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
218 action in the middle of a rule.
219
220 Tracking Locations
221
222 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
223 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
224 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
225
226 Bison Declarations
227
228 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
229 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
230 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
231 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
232 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
233 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
234 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
235 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
236 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
237 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
238
239 Parser C-Language Interface
240
241 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
242 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
243 which reads tokens.
244 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
245 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
246 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
247 native language.
248
249 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
250
251 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
252 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
253 of the token it has read.
254 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
255 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
256 actions want that.
257 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
258 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
259
260 The Bison Parser Algorithm
261
262 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
263 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
264 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
265 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
266 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
267 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
268 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
269 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
270 * Stack Overflow:: What happens when stack gets full. How to avoid it.
271
272 Operator Precedence
273
274 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
275 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
276 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
277 * How Precedence:: How they work.
278
279 Handling Context Dependencies
280
281 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
282 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
283 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
284 error recovery rules must be written.
285
286 Debugging Your Parser
287
288 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
289 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
290
291 Invoking Bison
292
293 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
294 in alphabetical order by short options.
295 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
296 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
297
298 C++ Language Interface
299
300 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
301 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
302
303 C++ Parsers
304
305 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
306 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
307 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
308 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
309 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
310
311 A Complete C++ Example
312
313 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
314 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
315 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
316 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
317 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
318
319 Frequently Asked Questions
320
321 * Parser Stack Overflow:: Breaking the Stack Limits
322 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
323 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
324 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
325
326 Copying This Manual
327
328 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
329
330 @end detailmenu
331 @end menu
332
333 @node Introduction
334 @unnumbered Introduction
335 @cindex introduction
336
337 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
338 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
339 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
340 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
341 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
342
343 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
344 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
345 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
346 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
347
348 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
349 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
350 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
351 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
352
353 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
354 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
355 multi-character string literals and other features.
356
357 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
358
359 @node Conditions
360 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
361
362 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
363 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
364 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
365 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
366
367 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
368 compiler, have never
369 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
370 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
371 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
372 License to all of the Bison source code.
373
374 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
375 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
376 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
377 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
378 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
379 @code{yyparse},
380 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
381
382 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
383 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
384 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
385 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
386 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
387 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
388
389 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
390 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
391 as usual. You can
392 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
393 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
394 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
395 that output file without restriction.''
396
397 @include gpl.texi
398
399 @node Concepts
400 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
401
402 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
403 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
404 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
405
406 @menu
407 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
408 as mathematical ideas.
409 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
410 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
411 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
412 the name of an identifier, etc.).
413 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
414 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
415 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
416 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
417 how is the output used?
418 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
419 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
420 @end menu
421
422 @node Language and Grammar
423 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
424
425 @cindex context-free grammar
426 @cindex grammar, context-free
427 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
428 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
429 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
430 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
431 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
432 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
433 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
434 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
435 recursion.
436
437 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
438 @cindex Backus-Naur form
439 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
440 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
441 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
442 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
443 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
444
445 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
446 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
447 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
448 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
449 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
450 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
451 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
452 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
453 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
454 restrictions that are
455 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
456 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
457 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
458 more information on this.
459
460 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
461 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
462 @cindex ambiguous grammars
463 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
464
465 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
466 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
467 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
468 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
469 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
470 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
471 grammars can be @dfn{non-deterministic}, meaning that no fixed
472 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
473 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
474 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
475 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
476 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
477 possible parses of any given string is finite.
478
479 @cindex symbols (abstract)
480 @cindex token
481 @cindex syntactic grouping
482 @cindex grouping, syntactic
483 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
484 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
485 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
486 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
487 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
488 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
489 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
490
491 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
492 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
493 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
494 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
495 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
496 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
497 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
498 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
499 lexicography, not grammar.)
500
501 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
502
503 @ifinfo
504 @example
505 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
506 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
507 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
508 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
509 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
510 identifier, semicolon} */
511 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
512 @end example
513 @end ifinfo
514 @ifnotinfo
515 @example
516 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
517 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
518 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
519 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
520 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
521 @end example
522 @end ifnotinfo
523
524 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
525 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
526 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
527 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
528 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
529 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
530 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
531 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
532
533 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
534 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
535 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
536 reads informally as follows:
537
538 @quotation
539 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
540 `semicolon'.
541 @end quotation
542
543 @noindent
544 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
545 statement in C.
546
547 @cindex start symbol
548 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
549 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
550 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
551 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
552 plays this role.
553
554 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
555 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
556 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
557 not the start symbol.
558
559 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
560 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
561 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
562 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
563 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
564 reports a syntax error.
565
566 @node Grammar in Bison
567 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
568 @cindex Bison grammar
569 @cindex grammar, Bison
570 @cindex formal grammar
571
572 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
573 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
574 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
575
576 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
577 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
578 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
579
580 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
581 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
582 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
583 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
584 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
585 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
586 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
587 @xref{Symbols}.
588
589 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
590 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
591 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
592 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
593
594 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
595 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
596
597 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
598 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
599 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
600 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
601 used in every rule.
602
603 @example
604 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
605 ;
606 @end example
607
608 @noindent
609 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
610
611 @node Semantic Values
612 @section Semantic Values
613 @cindex semantic value
614 @cindex value, semantic
615
616 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
617 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
618 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
619 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
620 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
621 grammatical.
622
623 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
624 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
625 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
626 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
627 ,Defining Language Semantics},
628 for details.
629
630 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
631 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
632 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
633 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
634 except their types.
635
636 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
637 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
638 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
639 need to have any semantic value.)
640
641 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
642 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
643 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
644 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
645 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
646 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
647
648 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
649 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
650 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
651 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
652 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
653
654 @node Semantic Actions
655 @section Semantic Actions
656 @cindex semantic actions
657 @cindex actions, semantic
658
659 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
660 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
661 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
662 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
663 @xref{Actions}.
664
665 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
666 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
667 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
668 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
669 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
670 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
671 newly recognized larger expression.
672
673 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
674 two subexpressions:
675
676 @example
677 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
678 ;
679 @end example
680
681 @noindent
682 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
683 from the values of the two subexpressions.
684
685 @node GLR Parsers
686 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
687 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
688 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
689 @findex %glr-parser
690 @cindex conflicts
691 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
692 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
693
694 In some grammars, Bison's standard
695 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
696 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
697 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
698 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
699 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
700 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
701 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
702 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
703
704 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
705 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
706 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
707 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
708 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
709 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
710 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
711 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
712 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
713 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
714 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
715 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
716 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
717 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
718 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
719 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
720 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
721 identical set of symbols.
722
723 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
724 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
725 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
726 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
727 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
728 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
729 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
730 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
731 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
732 merged result.
733
734 @menu
735 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
736 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
737 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
738 @end menu
739
740 @node Simple GLR Parsers
741 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
742 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
743 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
744 @findex %glr-parser
745 @findex %expect-rr
746 @cindex conflicts
747 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
748 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
749
750 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
751 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
752 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
753 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
754 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
755 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
756
757 Consider a problem that
758 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
759 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
760
761 @example
762 type subrange = lo .. hi;
763 type enum = (a, b, c);
764 @end example
765
766 @noindent
767 The original language standard allows only numeric
768 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
769 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
770 10206) and many other
771 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
772 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
773 parentheses:
774
775 @example
776 type subrange = (a) .. b;
777 @end example
778
779 @noindent
780 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
781 type with only one value:
782
783 @example
784 type enum = (a);
785 @end example
786
787 @noindent
788 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
789 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
790
791 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
792 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
793 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
794 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
795 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
796 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
797 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
798 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
799
800 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
801 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
802 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
803 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
804 expressions.
805
806 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
807 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
808 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
809 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
810 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
811 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
812 work.
813
814 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
815 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
816 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
817 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
818 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
819 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
820 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
821 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
822 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
823 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
824 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
825
826 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
827 reports a syntax error as usual.
828
829 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
830 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
831 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
832 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
833 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
834
835 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
836 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
837 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
838 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
839 The present example contains only one conflict between two
840 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
841 cannot be nested. So the number of
842 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
843 and the parsing time is still linear.
844
845 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
846 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
847
848 @example
849 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
850
851 @group
852 %left '+' '-'
853 %left '*' '/'
854 @end group
855
856 %%
857
858 @group
859 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
860 ;
861 @end group
862
863 @group
864 type : '(' id_list ')'
865 | expr DOTDOT expr
866 ;
867 @end group
868
869 @group
870 id_list : ID
871 | id_list ',' ID
872 ;
873 @end group
874
875 @group
876 expr : '(' expr ')'
877 | expr '+' expr
878 | expr '-' expr
879 | expr '*' expr
880 | expr '/' expr
881 | ID
882 ;
883 @end group
884 @end example
885
886 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
887 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
888 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
889 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
890 recognized:
891
892 @example
893 type t = (a) .. b;
894 @end example
895
896 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
897 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
898 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
899 @samp{%%}):
900
901 @example
902 %glr-parser
903 %expect-rr 1
904 @end example
905
906 @noindent
907 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
908 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
909 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
910 notice when the parser splits.
911
912 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR}, almost
913 without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however, there
914 are at least two potential problems to beware.
915 First, always analyze the conflicts reported by
916 Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR} splitting is only done where it is
917 intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser splitting inadvertently may cause
918 problems less obvious than an @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the
919 wrong alternative in a conflict.
920 Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic Tokens})
921 with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens
922 without performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot
923 obtain information via parser actions. Some cases of
924 lexer interactions can be eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to
925 shift the complications from the lexer to the parser. You must check
926 the remaining cases for correctness.
927
928 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens
929 based on their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new
930 symbols are defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it
931 is possible for a parser to define the enumeration
932 constants as they are parsed, before the type declaration is
933 completed, it actually makes no difference since they cannot be used
934 within the same enumerated type declaration.
935
936 @node Merging GLR Parses
937 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
938 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
939 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
940 @findex %dprec
941 @findex %merge
942 @cindex conflicts
943 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
944
945 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
946
947 @example
948 %@{
949 #include <stdio.h>
950 #define YYSTYPE char const *
951 int yylex (void);
952 void yyerror (char const *);
953 %@}
954
955 %token TYPENAME ID
956
957 %right '='
958 %left '+'
959
960 %glr-parser
961
962 %%
963
964 prog :
965 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
966 ;
967
968 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
969 | decl %dprec 2
970 ;
971
972 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
973 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
974 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
975 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
976 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
977 ;
978
979 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
980 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
981 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
982 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
983 ;
984
985 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
986 | '(' declarator ')'
987 ;
988 @end example
989
990 @noindent
991 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
992 certain declarations and statements. For example,
993
994 @example
995 T (x) = y+z;
996 @end example
997
998 @noindent
999 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1000 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1001 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1002 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1003 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1004 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1005 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1006 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1007 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1008 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1009 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1010 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1011 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1012 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1013
1014 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1015 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1016 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1017 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1018 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1019 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1020 The parser therefore prints
1021
1022 @example
1023 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1024 @end example
1025
1026 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1027 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1028
1029 @example
1030 T (x) + y;
1031 @end example
1032
1033 @noindent
1034 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1035 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1036 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1037 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1038 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1039 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1040 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1041 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1042 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1043 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1044
1045 @example
1046 x T <cast> y +
1047 @end example
1048
1049 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1050 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1051 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1052 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1053 follows:
1054
1055 @example
1056 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1057 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1058 ;
1059 @end example
1060
1061 @noindent
1062 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1063
1064 @example
1065 static YYSTYPE
1066 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1067 @{
1068 printf ("<OR> ");
1069 return "";
1070 @}
1071 @end example
1072
1073 @noindent
1074 with an accompanying forward declaration
1075 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1076
1077 @example
1078 %@{
1079 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1080 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1081 %@}
1082 @end example
1083
1084 @noindent
1085 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1086 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1087
1088 @example
1089 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1090 @end example
1091
1092 Bison requires that all of the
1093 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1094 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1095 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1096 the offending merge.
1097
1098 @node Compiler Requirements
1099 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1100 @cindex @code{inline}
1101 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1102
1103 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1104 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1105 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1106 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1107 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1108 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1109
1110 @example
1111 %@{
1112 #include <config.h>
1113 %@}
1114 @end example
1115
1116 @noindent
1117 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1118
1119 @example
1120 %@{
1121 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1122 #define inline
1123 #endif
1124 %@}
1125 @end example
1126
1127 @node Locations Overview
1128 @section Locations
1129 @cindex location
1130 @cindex textual location
1131 @cindex location, textual
1132
1133 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1134 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1135 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1136 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1137
1138 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1139 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1140 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1141 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1142
1143 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1144 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1145 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1146 @code{@@3}.
1147
1148 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1149 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1150 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1151 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1152 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1153 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1154 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1155
1156 @node Bison Parser
1157 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1158 @cindex Bison parser
1159 @cindex Bison utility
1160 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1161 @cindex parser
1162
1163 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1164 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1165 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1166 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1167 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1168 program.
1169
1170 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1171 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1172 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1173 uses.
1174
1175 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1176 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1177 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1178 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1179 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1180 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1181 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1182
1183 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1184 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1185 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1186 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1187 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1188 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1189 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1190 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1191
1192 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1193 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1194 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1195 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1196 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1197 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1198 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1199 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1200 this manual.
1201
1202 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1203 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1204 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>},
1205 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1206 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1207 included if message translation is in use
1208 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1209 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1210 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1211
1212 @node Stages
1213 @section Stages in Using Bison
1214 @cindex stages in using Bison
1215 @cindex using Bison
1216
1217 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1218 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1219
1220 @enumerate
1221 @item
1222 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1223 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1224 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1225 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1226 sequence of C statements.
1227
1228 @item
1229 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1230 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1231 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1232 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1233
1234 @item
1235 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1236
1237 @item
1238 Write error-reporting routines.
1239 @end enumerate
1240
1241 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1242 must follow these steps:
1243
1244 @enumerate
1245 @item
1246 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1247
1248 @item
1249 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1250
1251 @item
1252 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1253 @end enumerate
1254
1255 @node Grammar Layout
1256 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1257 @cindex grammar file
1258 @cindex file format
1259 @cindex format of grammar file
1260 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1261
1262 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1263 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1264
1265 @example
1266 %@{
1267 @var{Prologue}
1268 %@}
1269
1270 @var{Bison declarations}
1271
1272 %%
1273 @var{Grammar rules}
1274 %%
1275 @var{Epilogue}
1276 @end example
1277
1278 @noindent
1279 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1280 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1281
1282 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1283 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1284 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1285 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1286 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1287 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1288
1289 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1290 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1291 semantic values of various symbols.
1292
1293 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1294 parts.
1295
1296 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1297 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1298 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1299
1300 @node Examples
1301 @chapter Examples
1302 @cindex simple examples
1303 @cindex examples, simple
1304
1305 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1306 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1307 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1308 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1309 desk-top calculator.
1310
1311 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1312 languages are written the same way.
1313 @ifinfo
1314 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1315 to try them.
1316 @end ifinfo
1317
1318 @menu
1319 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1320 a first example with no operator precedence.
1321 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1322 Operator precedence is introduced.
1323 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1324 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1325 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1326 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1327 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1328 @end menu
1329
1330 @node RPN Calc
1331 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1332 @cindex reverse polish notation
1333 @cindex polish notation calculator
1334 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1335 @cindex calculator, simple
1336
1337 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1338 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1339 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1340 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1341
1342 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1343 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1344
1345 @menu
1346 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1347 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1348 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1349 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1350 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1351 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1352 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1353 @end menu
1354
1355 @node Rpcalc Decls
1356 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1357
1358 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1359 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1360
1361 @example
1362 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1363
1364 %@{
1365 #define YYSTYPE double
1366 #include <math.h>
1367 int yylex (void);
1368 void yyerror (char const *);
1369 %@}
1370
1371 %token NUM
1372
1373 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1374 @end example
1375
1376 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1377 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1378
1379 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1380 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1381 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1382 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1383 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1384 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1385 which is a floating point number.
1386
1387 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1388 function @code{pow}.
1389
1390 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1391 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1392 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1393 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1394 prologue.
1395
1396 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1397 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1398 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1399 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1400 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1401 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1402 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1403 type for numeric constants.
1404
1405 @node Rpcalc Rules
1406 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1407
1408 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1409
1410 @example
1411 input: /* empty */
1412 | input line
1413 ;
1414
1415 line: '\n'
1416 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1417 ;
1418
1419 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1420 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1421 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1422 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1423 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1424 /* Exponentiation */
1425 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1426 /* Unary minus */
1427 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1428 ;
1429 %%
1430 @end example
1431
1432 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1433 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1434 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1435 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1436 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1437 mean.
1438
1439 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1440 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1441 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1442
1443 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1444 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1445 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1446 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1447 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1448 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1449
1450 @menu
1451 * Rpcalc Input::
1452 * Rpcalc Line::
1453 * Rpcalc Expr::
1454 @end menu
1455
1456 @node Rpcalc Input
1457 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1458
1459 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1460
1461 @example
1462 input: /* empty */
1463 | input line
1464 ;
1465 @end example
1466
1467 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1468 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1469 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1470 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1471 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1472
1473 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1474 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1475 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1476 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1477 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1478 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1479
1480 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1481 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1482 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1483 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1484 more times.
1485
1486 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1487 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1488 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1489
1490 @node Rpcalc Line
1491 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1492
1493 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1494
1495 @example
1496 line: '\n'
1497 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1498 ;
1499 @end example
1500
1501 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1502 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1503 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1504 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1505 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1506 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1507 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1508
1509 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1510 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1511 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1512 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1513 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1514
1515 @node Rpcalc Expr
1516 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1517
1518 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1519 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1520 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1521 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1522
1523 @example
1524 exp: NUM
1525 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1526 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1527 @dots{}
1528 ;
1529 @end example
1530
1531 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1532 equally well have written them separately:
1533
1534 @example
1535 exp: NUM ;
1536 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1537 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1538 @dots{}
1539 @end example
1540
1541 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1542 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1543 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1544 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1545 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1546 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1547 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1548 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1549
1550 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1551 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1552 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1553
1554 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1555 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1556 For example, this:
1557
1558 @example
1559 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1560 @end example
1561
1562 @noindent
1563 means the same thing as this:
1564
1565 @example
1566 exp: NUM
1567 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1568 | @dots{}
1569 ;
1570 @end example
1571
1572 @noindent
1573 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1574
1575 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1576 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1577 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1578 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1579
1580 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1581 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1582 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1583 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1584
1585 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1586 calculator. This
1587 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1588 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1589 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1590 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1591
1592 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1593 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1594 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1595 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1596 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1597 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1598 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1599 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1600 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1601
1602 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1603 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1604 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1605 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1606 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1607
1608 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1609 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1610
1611 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1612
1613 @example
1614 @group
1615 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1616 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1617 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1618 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1619
1620 #include <ctype.h>
1621 @end group
1622
1623 @group
1624 int
1625 yylex (void)
1626 @{
1627 int c;
1628
1629 /* Skip white space. */
1630 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1631 ;
1632 @end group
1633 @group
1634 /* Process numbers. */
1635 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1636 @{
1637 ungetc (c, stdin);
1638 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1639 return NUM;
1640 @}
1641 @end group
1642 @group
1643 /* Return end-of-input. */
1644 if (c == EOF)
1645 return 0;
1646 /* Return a single char. */
1647 return c;
1648 @}
1649 @end group
1650 @end example
1651
1652 @node Rpcalc Main
1653 @subsection The Controlling Function
1654 @cindex controlling function
1655 @cindex main function in simple example
1656
1657 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1658 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1659 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1660
1661 @example
1662 @group
1663 int
1664 main (void)
1665 @{
1666 return yyparse ();
1667 @}
1668 @end group
1669 @end example
1670
1671 @node Rpcalc Error
1672 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1673 @cindex error reporting routine
1674
1675 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1676 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1677 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1678 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1679 here is the definition we will use:
1680
1681 @example
1682 @group
1683 #include <stdio.h>
1684
1685 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1686 void
1687 yyerror (char const *s)
1688 @{
1689 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1690 @}
1691 @end group
1692 @end example
1693
1694 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1695 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1696 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1697 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1698 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1699 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1700
1701 @node Rpcalc Gen
1702 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1703 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1704
1705 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1706 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1707 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1708 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1709 end, in the epilogue of the file
1710 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1711
1712 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1713 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1714
1715 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1716 convert it into a parser file:
1717
1718 @example
1719 bison @var{file_name}.y
1720 @end example
1721
1722 @noindent
1723 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1724 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file_name}.tab.c},
1725 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1726 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1727 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1728 are copied verbatim to the output.
1729
1730 @node Rpcalc Compile
1731 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1732 @cindex compiling the parser
1733
1734 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1735
1736 @example
1737 @group
1738 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1739 $ @kbd{ls}
1740 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1741 @end group
1742
1743 @group
1744 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1745 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1746 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1747 @end group
1748
1749 @group
1750 # @r{List files again.}
1751 $ @kbd{ls}
1752 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1753 @end group
1754 @end example
1755
1756 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1757 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1758
1759 @example
1760 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1761 @kbd{4 9 +}
1762 13
1763 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1764 -13
1765 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1766 13
1767 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1768 -3.166666667
1769 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1770 81
1771 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1772 $
1773 @end example
1774
1775 @node Infix Calc
1776 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1777 @cindex infix notation calculator
1778 @cindex @code{calc}
1779 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1780
1781 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1782 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1783 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1784 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1785
1786 @example
1787 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1788
1789 %@{
1790 #define YYSTYPE double
1791 #include <math.h>
1792 #include <stdio.h>
1793 int yylex (void);
1794 void yyerror (char const *);
1795 %@}
1796
1797 /* Bison declarations. */
1798 %token NUM
1799 %left '-' '+'
1800 %left '*' '/'
1801 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1802 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1803
1804 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1805 input: /* empty */
1806 | input line
1807 ;
1808
1809 line: '\n'
1810 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1811 ;
1812
1813 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1814 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1815 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1816 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1817 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1818 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1819 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1820 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1821 ;
1822 %%
1823 @end example
1824
1825 @noindent
1826 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1827 same as before.
1828
1829 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1830
1831 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1832 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1833 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1834 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1835 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1836 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1837 the associativity.)
1838
1839 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1840 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1841 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1842 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1843 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1844 Precedence}.
1845
1846 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1847 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1848 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1849 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1850 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1851
1852 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1853
1854 @need 500
1855 @example
1856 $ @kbd{calc}
1857 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1858 6.880952381
1859 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1860 -54
1861 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1862 9
1863 @end example
1864
1865 @node Simple Error Recovery
1866 @section Simple Error Recovery
1867 @cindex error recovery, simple
1868
1869 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1870 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1871 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1872 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1873 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1874 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1875
1876 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1877 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1878 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1879
1880 @example
1881 @group
1882 line: '\n'
1883 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1884 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1885 ;
1886 @end group
1887 @end example
1888
1889 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1890 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1891 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1892 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1893 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1894 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1895 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1896 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1897 misprint.
1898
1899 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1900 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1901 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1902 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1903 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1904 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1905 Bison programs.
1906
1907 @node Location Tracking Calc
1908 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1909 @cindex location tracking calculator
1910 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1911 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1912
1913 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1914 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1915 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1916 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1917 analyzer.
1918
1919 @menu
1920 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1921 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1922 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1923 @end menu
1924
1925 @node Ltcalc Decls
1926 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1927
1928 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1929 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1930
1931 @example
1932 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1933
1934 %@{
1935 #define YYSTYPE int
1936 #include <math.h>
1937 int yylex (void);
1938 void yyerror (char const *);
1939 %@}
1940
1941 /* Bison declarations. */
1942 %token NUM
1943
1944 %left '-' '+'
1945 %left '*' '/'
1946 %left NEG
1947 %right '^'
1948
1949 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1950 @end example
1951
1952 @noindent
1953 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1954 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1955 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1956 four member structure with the following integer fields:
1957 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
1958 @code{last_column}.
1959
1960 @node Ltcalc Rules
1961 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
1962
1963 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
1964 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
1965 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
1966 from the new information.
1967
1968 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
1969 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
1970
1971 @example
1972 @group
1973 input : /* empty */
1974 | input line
1975 ;
1976 @end group
1977
1978 @group
1979 line : '\n'
1980 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
1981 ;
1982 @end group
1983
1984 @group
1985 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1986 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1987 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1988 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1989 @end group
1990 @group
1991 | exp '/' exp
1992 @{
1993 if ($3)
1994 $$ = $1 / $3;
1995 else
1996 @{
1997 $$ = 1;
1998 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
1999 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2000 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2001 @}
2002 @}
2003 @end group
2004 @group
2005 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2006 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2007 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2008 @end group
2009 @end example
2010
2011 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2012 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2013 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2014
2015 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2016 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2017 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2018 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2019 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2020 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2021 hand.
2022
2023 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2024 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2025
2026 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2027 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2028 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2029 semantic values.
2030
2031 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2032 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2033
2034 @example
2035 @group
2036 int
2037 yylex (void)
2038 @{
2039 int c;
2040 @end group
2041
2042 @group
2043 /* Skip white space. */
2044 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2045 ++yylloc.last_column;
2046 @end group
2047
2048 @group
2049 /* Step. */
2050 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2051 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2052 @end group
2053
2054 @group
2055 /* Process numbers. */
2056 if (isdigit (c))
2057 @{
2058 yylval = c - '0';
2059 ++yylloc.last_column;
2060 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2061 @{
2062 ++yylloc.last_column;
2063 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2064 @}
2065 ungetc (c, stdin);
2066 return NUM;
2067 @}
2068 @end group
2069
2070 /* Return end-of-input. */
2071 if (c == EOF)
2072 return 0;
2073
2074 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2075 if (c == '\n')
2076 @{
2077 ++yylloc.last_line;
2078 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2079 @}
2080 else
2081 ++yylloc.last_column;
2082 return c;
2083 @}
2084 @end example
2085
2086 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2087 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2088 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2089 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2090
2091 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2092 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2093 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2094 controlling function:
2095
2096 @example
2097 @group
2098 int
2099 main (void)
2100 @{
2101 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2102 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2103 return yyparse ();
2104 @}
2105 @end group
2106 @end example
2107
2108 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2109 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2110 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2111
2112 @node Multi-function Calc
2113 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2114 @cindex multi-function calculator
2115 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2116 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2117
2118 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2119 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2120 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2121 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2122 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2123
2124 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2125 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2126 back all nonnumber characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2127 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2128 functions whose syntax has this form:
2129
2130 @example
2131 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2132 @end example
2133
2134 @noindent
2135 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2136 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2137 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2138
2139 @example
2140 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2141 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2142 3.1415926536
2143 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2144 0.0000000000
2145 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2146 2.3000000000
2147 @kbd{alpha}
2148 2.3000000000
2149 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2150 0.8329091229
2151 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2152 2.3000000000
2153 $
2154 @end example
2155
2156 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2157
2158 @menu
2159 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2160 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2161 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2162 @end menu
2163
2164 @node Mfcalc Decl
2165 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2166
2167 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2168
2169 @smallexample
2170 @group
2171 %@{
2172 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2173 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2174 int yylex (void);
2175 void yyerror (char const *);
2176 %@}
2177 @end group
2178 @group
2179 %union @{
2180 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2181 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2182 @}
2183 @end group
2184 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2185 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2186 %type <val> exp
2187
2188 @group
2189 %right '='
2190 %left '-' '+'
2191 %left '*' '/'
2192 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2193 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2194 @end group
2195 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2196 @end smallexample
2197
2198 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2199 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2200 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2201
2202 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2203 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2204 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2205 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2206
2207 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2208 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2209 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2210 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2211 between angle brackets).
2212
2213 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2214 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2215 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2216 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2217 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2218 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2219
2220 @node Mfcalc Rules
2221 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2222
2223 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2224 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2225 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2226
2227 @smallexample
2228 @group
2229 input: /* empty */
2230 | input line
2231 ;
2232 @end group
2233
2234 @group
2235 line:
2236 '\n'
2237 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2238 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2239 ;
2240 @end group
2241
2242 @group
2243 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2244 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2245 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2246 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2247 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2248 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2249 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2250 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2251 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2252 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2253 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2254 ;
2255 @end group
2256 /* End of grammar. */
2257 %%
2258 @end smallexample
2259
2260 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2261 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2262 @cindex symbol table example
2263
2264 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2265 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2266 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2267 requires some additional C functions for support.
2268
2269 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2270 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2271 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2272
2273 @smallexample
2274 @group
2275 /* Function type. */
2276 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2277 @end group
2278
2279 @group
2280 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2281 struct symrec
2282 @{
2283 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2284 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2285 union
2286 @{
2287 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2288 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2289 @} value;
2290 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2291 @};
2292 @end group
2293
2294 @group
2295 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2296
2297 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2298 extern symrec *sym_table;
2299
2300 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2301 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2302 @end group
2303 @end smallexample
2304
2305 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2306 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2307 @code{init_table} as well:
2308
2309 @smallexample
2310 #include <stdio.h>
2311
2312 @group
2313 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2314 void
2315 yyerror (char const *s)
2316 @{
2317 printf ("%s\n", s);
2318 @}
2319 @end group
2320
2321 @group
2322 struct init
2323 @{
2324 char const *fname;
2325 double (*fnct) (double);
2326 @};
2327 @end group
2328
2329 @group
2330 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2331 @{
2332 "sin", sin,
2333 "cos", cos,
2334 "atan", atan,
2335 "ln", log,
2336 "exp", exp,
2337 "sqrt", sqrt,
2338 0, 0
2339 @};
2340 @end group
2341
2342 @group
2343 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2344 symrec *sym_table;
2345 @end group
2346
2347 @group
2348 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2349 void
2350 init_table (void)
2351 @{
2352 int i;
2353 symrec *ptr;
2354 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2355 @{
2356 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2357 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2358 @}
2359 @}
2360 @end group
2361
2362 @group
2363 int
2364 main (void)
2365 @{
2366 init_table ();
2367 return yyparse ();
2368 @}
2369 @end group
2370 @end smallexample
2371
2372 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2373 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2374
2375 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2376 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2377 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2378 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2379 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2380 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2381
2382 @smallexample
2383 symrec *
2384 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2385 @{
2386 symrec *ptr;
2387 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2388 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2389 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2390 ptr->type = sym_type;
2391 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2392 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2393 sym_table = ptr;
2394 return ptr;
2395 @}
2396
2397 symrec *
2398 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2399 @{
2400 symrec *ptr;
2401 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2402 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2403 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2404 return ptr;
2405 return 0;
2406 @}
2407 @end smallexample
2408
2409 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2410 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2411 characters with a leading non-digit are recognized as either variables or
2412 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2413
2414 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2415 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2416 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2417 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2418 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2419 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2420
2421 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2422 operators in @code{yylex}.
2423
2424 @smallexample
2425 @group
2426 #include <ctype.h>
2427 @end group
2428
2429 @group
2430 int
2431 yylex (void)
2432 @{
2433 int c;
2434
2435 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2436 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2437
2438 if (c == EOF)
2439 return 0;
2440 @end group
2441
2442 @group
2443 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2444 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2445 @{
2446 ungetc (c, stdin);
2447 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2448 return NUM;
2449 @}
2450 @end group
2451
2452 @group
2453 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2454 if (isalpha (c))
2455 @{
2456 symrec *s;
2457 static char *symbuf = 0;
2458 static int length = 0;
2459 int i;
2460 @end group
2461
2462 @group
2463 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2464 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2465 if (length == 0)
2466 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2467
2468 i = 0;
2469 do
2470 @end group
2471 @group
2472 @{
2473 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2474 if (i == length)
2475 @{
2476 length *= 2;
2477 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2478 @}
2479 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2480 symbuf[i++] = c;
2481 /* Get another character. */
2482 c = getchar ();
2483 @}
2484 @end group
2485 @group
2486 while (isalnum (c));
2487
2488 ungetc (c, stdin);
2489 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2490 @end group
2491
2492 @group
2493 s = getsym (symbuf);
2494 if (s == 0)
2495 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2496 yylval.tptr = s;
2497 return s->type;
2498 @}
2499
2500 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2501 return c;
2502 @}
2503 @end group
2504 @end smallexample
2505
2506 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2507 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2508 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2509
2510 @node Exercises
2511 @section Exercises
2512 @cindex exercises
2513
2514 @enumerate
2515 @item
2516 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2517
2518 @item
2519 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2520 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2521 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2522
2523 @item
2524 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2525 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2526 @end enumerate
2527
2528 @node Grammar File
2529 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2530
2531 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2532 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2533
2534 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2535 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2536
2537 @menu
2538 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2539 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2540 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2541 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2542 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2543 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2544 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2545 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2546 @end menu
2547
2548 @node Grammar Outline
2549 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2550
2551 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2552 appropriate delimiters:
2553
2554 @example
2555 %@{
2556 @var{Prologue}
2557 %@}
2558
2559 @var{Bison declarations}
2560
2561 %%
2562 @var{Grammar rules}
2563 %%
2564
2565 @var{Epilogue}
2566 @end example
2567
2568 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2569 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2570 continues until end of line.
2571
2572 @menu
2573 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2574 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2575 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2576 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2577 @end menu
2578
2579 @node Prologue
2580 @subsection The prologue
2581 @cindex declarations section
2582 @cindex Prologue
2583 @cindex declarations
2584
2585 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and
2586 declarations of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the
2587 grammar rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so
2588 that they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2589 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you don't
2590 need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}}
2591 delimiters that bracket this section.
2592
2593 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2594 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2595 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2596 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2597 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2598 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2599 @code{%union} declaration.
2600
2601 @smallexample
2602 %@{
2603 #include <stdio.h>
2604 #include "ptypes.h"
2605 %@}
2606
2607 %union @{
2608 long int n;
2609 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2610 @}
2611
2612 %@{
2613 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2614 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2615 %@}
2616
2617 @dots{}
2618 @end smallexample
2619
2620 @node Bison Declarations
2621 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2622 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2623 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2624
2625 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2626 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2627 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2628 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2629
2630 @node Grammar Rules
2631 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2632 @cindex grammar rules section
2633 @cindex rules section for grammar
2634
2635 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2636 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2637
2638 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2639 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2640 if it is the first thing in the file.
2641
2642 @node Epilogue
2643 @subsection The epilogue
2644 @cindex additional C code section
2645 @cindex epilogue
2646 @cindex C code, section for additional
2647
2648 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2649 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2650 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2651 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2652 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2653 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2654 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2655 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2656 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2657
2658 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2659 from the grammar rules.
2660
2661 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose
2662 names start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a
2663 good idea to avoid using any such names (except those documented in this
2664 manual) in the epilogue of the grammar file.
2665
2666 @node Symbols
2667 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2668 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2669 @cindex terminal symbol
2670 @cindex token type
2671 @cindex symbol
2672
2673 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2674 of the language.
2675
2676 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2677 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2678 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2679 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2680 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has been
2681 read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use the
2682 symbol to stand for it.
2683
2684 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically equivalent
2685 groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules. By convention,
2686 it should be all lower case.
2687
2688 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2689 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2690
2691 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2692
2693 @itemize @bullet
2694 @item
2695 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2696 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2697 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2698 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2699
2700 @item
2701 @cindex character token
2702 @cindex literal token
2703 @cindex single-character literal
2704 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2705 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2706 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2707 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2708 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2709 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2710 ,Operator Precedence}).
2711
2712 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2713 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2714 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2715 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2716 your program will confuse other readers.
2717
2718 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2719 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2720 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2721 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2722 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2723 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2724 allowed.
2725
2726 @item
2727 @cindex string token
2728 @cindex literal string token
2729 @cindex multicharacter literal
2730 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2731 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2732 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2733 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2734 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2735
2736 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2737 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2738 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2739 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2740 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2741
2742 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2743
2744 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2745 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2746 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2747 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2748 read your program will be confused.
2749
2750 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2751 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2752 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2753 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2754 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2755 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2756 @end itemize
2757
2758 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2759 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2760 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2761
2762 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2763 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2764 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2765 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2766 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2767 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2768 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2769 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2770 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2771 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2772 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2773 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2774
2775 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2776 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2777 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2778 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2779 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2780
2781 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2782 host, you must use only non-null character tokens taken from the basic
2783 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2784 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2785 characters in the following C-language string:
2786
2787 @example
2788 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2789 @end example
2790
2791 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character
2792 set and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2793 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting program
2794 in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2795 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the
2796 tables generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2797 character tokens. It is standard
2798 practice for software distributions to contain C source files that
2799 were generated by Bison in an @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on
2800 platforms that are incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those
2801 files before compiling them.
2802
2803 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2804 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2805 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2806 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2807 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2808
2809 @node Rules
2810 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2811 @cindex rule syntax
2812 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2813 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2814
2815 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2816
2817 @example
2818 @group
2819 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2820 ;
2821 @end group
2822 @end example
2823
2824 @noindent
2825 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2826 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2827 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2828
2829 For example,
2830
2831 @example
2832 @group
2833 exp: exp '+' exp
2834 ;
2835 @end group
2836 @end example
2837
2838 @noindent
2839 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2840 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2841
2842 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2843 extra white space as you wish.
2844
2845 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2846 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2847
2848 @example
2849 @{@var{C statements}@}
2850 @end example
2851
2852 @noindent
2853 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2854 @xref{Actions}.
2855
2856 @findex |
2857 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2858 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2859
2860 @ifinfo
2861 @example
2862 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2863 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2864 @dots{}
2865 ;
2866 @end example
2867 @end ifinfo
2868 @iftex
2869 @example
2870 @group
2871 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2872 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2873 @dots{}
2874 ;
2875 @end group
2876 @end example
2877 @end iftex
2878
2879 @noindent
2880 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2881
2882 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2883 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2884 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2885
2886 @example
2887 @group
2888 expseq: /* empty */
2889 | expseq1
2890 ;
2891 @end group
2892
2893 @group
2894 expseq1: exp
2895 | expseq1 ',' exp
2896 ;
2897 @end group
2898 @end example
2899
2900 @noindent
2901 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2902 with no components.
2903
2904 @node Recursion
2905 @section Recursive Rules
2906 @cindex recursive rule
2907
2908 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal appears
2909 also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to use
2910 recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any number
2911 of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2912 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2913
2914 @example
2915 @group
2916 expseq1: exp
2917 | expseq1 ',' exp
2918 ;
2919 @end group
2920 @end example
2921
2922 @cindex left recursion
2923 @cindex right recursion
2924 @noindent
2925 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2926 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2927 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2928
2929 @example
2930 @group
2931 expseq1: exp
2932 | exp ',' expseq1
2933 ;
2934 @end group
2935 @end example
2936
2937 @noindent
2938 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2939 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2940 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2941 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2942 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2943 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2944 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2945 of this.
2946
2947 @cindex mutual recursion
2948 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
2949 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
2950 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
2951 side.
2952
2953 For example:
2954
2955 @example
2956 @group
2957 expr: primary
2958 | primary '+' primary
2959 ;
2960 @end group
2961
2962 @group
2963 primary: constant
2964 | '(' expr ')'
2965 ;
2966 @end group
2967 @end example
2968
2969 @noindent
2970 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
2971 other.
2972
2973 @node Semantics
2974 @section Defining Language Semantics
2975 @cindex defining language semantics
2976 @cindex language semantics, defining
2977
2978 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
2979 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
2980 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
2981
2982 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
2983 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
2984 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
2985 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
2986
2987 @menu
2988 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
2989 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
2990 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
2991 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
2992 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
2993 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
2994 action in the middle of a rule.
2995 @end menu
2996
2997 @node Value Type
2998 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
2999 @cindex semantic value type
3000 @cindex value type, semantic
3001 @cindex data types of semantic values
3002 @cindex default data type
3003
3004 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3005 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3006 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3007 Notation Calculator}).
3008
3009 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3010 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3011
3012 @example
3013 #define YYSTYPE double
3014 @end example
3015
3016 @noindent
3017 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3018 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3019
3020 @node Multiple Types
3021 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3022
3023 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3024 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3025 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type @code{char *},
3026 and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the symbol table.
3027
3028 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3029 requires you to do two things:
3030
3031 @itemize @bullet
3032 @item
3033 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3034 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3035 Value Types}).
3036
3037 @item
3038 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3039 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3040 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3041 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3042 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3043 @end itemize
3044
3045 @node Actions
3046 @subsection Actions
3047 @cindex action
3048 @vindex $$
3049 @vindex $@var{n}
3050
3051 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3052 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3053 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3054 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3055
3056 An action consists of C statements surrounded by braces, much like a
3057 compound statement in C@. An action can contain any sequence of C
3058 statements. Bison does not look for trigraphs, though, so if your C
3059 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3060 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, strings, or character
3061 literals.
3062
3063 An action can be placed at any position in the rule;
3064 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3065 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3066 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3067 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3068
3069 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3070 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3071 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3072 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3073 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3074 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3075 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3076
3077 Here is a typical example:
3078
3079 @example
3080 @group
3081 exp: @dots{}
3082 | exp '+' exp
3083 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3084 @end group
3085 @end example
3086
3087 @noindent
3088 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3089 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3090 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3091 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3092 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3093 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3094 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3095 referred to as @code{$2}.
3096
3097 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3098 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3099 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3100 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3101 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3102
3103 @example
3104 @group
3105 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3106 @end group
3107 @end example
3108
3109 @cindex default action
3110 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3111 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3112 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3113 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3114 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3115 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3116
3117 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3118 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3119 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3120 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3121 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3122
3123 @example
3124 @group
3125 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3126 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3127 ;
3128 @end group
3129
3130 @group
3131 bar: /* empty */
3132 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3133 ;
3134 @end group
3135 @end example
3136
3137 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3138 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3139 definition of @code{foo}.
3140
3141 @node Action Types
3142 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3143 @cindex action data types
3144 @cindex data types in actions
3145
3146 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3147 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3148
3149 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3150 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3151 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3152 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3153 in the rule. In this example,
3154
3155 @example
3156 @group
3157 exp: @dots{}
3158 | exp '+' exp
3159 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3160 @end group
3161 @end example
3162
3163 @noindent
3164 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3165 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3166 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3167 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3168
3169 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3170 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3171 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3172
3173 @example
3174 @group
3175 %union @{
3176 int itype;
3177 double dtype;
3178 @}
3179 @end group
3180 @end example
3181
3182 @noindent
3183 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3184 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3185
3186 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3187 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3188 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3189 @cindex mid-rule actions
3190
3191 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3192 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3193 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3194
3195 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3196 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3197 it is run before they are parsed.
3198
3199 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3200 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3201 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3202 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3203 @code{$@var{n}}.
3204
3205 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3206 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3207 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3208 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3209 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3210 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3211
3212 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3213 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3214 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3215 at the end of the rule.
3216
3217 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3218 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3219 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3220 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3221 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3222 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3223
3224 @example
3225 @group
3226 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3227 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3228 declare_variable ($3); @}
3229 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3230 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3231 @end group
3232 @end example
3233
3234 @noindent
3235 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3236 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3237 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3238 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3239 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3240 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3241 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3242 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3243
3244 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3245 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3246 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3247 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3248 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3249
3250 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3251 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3252 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3253 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3254 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3255 declaration or not:
3256
3257 @example
3258 @group
3259 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3260 | '@{' statements '@}'
3261 ;
3262 @end group
3263 @end example
3264
3265 @noindent
3266 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3267
3268 @example
3269 @group
3270 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3271 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3272 @end group
3273 @group
3274 | '@{' statements '@}'
3275 ;
3276 @end group
3277 @end example
3278
3279 @noindent
3280 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3281 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3282 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3283 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3284 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3285 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3286
3287 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3288 actions into the two rules, like this:
3289
3290 @example
3291 @group
3292 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3293 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3294 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3295 '@{' statements '@}'
3296 ;
3297 @end group
3298 @end example
3299
3300 @noindent
3301 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3302 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3303
3304 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3305 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3306 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3307
3308 @example
3309 @group
3310 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3311 declarations statements '@}'
3312 | '@{' statements '@}'
3313 ;
3314 @end group
3315 @end example
3316
3317 @noindent
3318 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3319 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3320
3321 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3322 serves as a subroutine:
3323
3324 @example
3325 @group
3326 subroutine: /* empty */
3327 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3328 ;
3329
3330 @end group
3331
3332 @group
3333 compound: subroutine
3334 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3335 | subroutine
3336 '@{' statements '@}'
3337 ;
3338 @end group
3339 @end example
3340
3341 @noindent
3342 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3343 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that
3344 the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be
3345 converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison
3346 actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3347
3348 @node Locations
3349 @section Tracking Locations
3350 @cindex location
3351 @cindex textual location
3352 @cindex location, textual
3353
3354 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3355 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3356 especially symbol locations.
3357
3358 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3359 actions to take when rules are matched.
3360
3361 @menu
3362 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3363 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3364 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3365 @end menu
3366
3367 @node Location Type
3368 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3369 @cindex data type of locations
3370 @cindex default location type
3371
3372 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3373 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3374
3375 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3376 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3377 four members:
3378
3379 @example
3380 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3381 @{
3382 int first_line;
3383 int first_column;
3384 int last_line;
3385 int last_column;
3386 @} YYLTYPE;
3387 @end example
3388
3389 @node Actions and Locations
3390 @subsection Actions and Locations
3391 @cindex location actions
3392 @cindex actions, location
3393 @vindex @@$
3394 @vindex @@@var{n}
3395
3396 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3397 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3398
3399 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3400 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3401 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3402 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3403 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3404 @code{@@$}.
3405
3406 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3407
3408 @example
3409 @group
3410 exp: @dots{}
3411 | exp '/' exp
3412 @{
3413 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3414 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3415 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3416 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3417 if ($3)
3418 $$ = $1 / $3;
3419 else
3420 @{
3421 $$ = 1;
3422 fprintf (stderr,
3423 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3424 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3425 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3426 @}
3427 @}
3428 @end group
3429 @end example
3430
3431 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3432 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3433 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3434 last symbol.
3435
3436 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3437 example above simply rewrites this way:
3438
3439 @example
3440 @group
3441 exp: @dots{}
3442 | exp '/' exp
3443 @{
3444 if ($3)
3445 $$ = $1 / $3;
3446 else
3447 @{
3448 $$ = 1;
3449 fprintf (stderr,
3450 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3451 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3452 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3453 @}
3454 @}
3455 @end group
3456 @end example
3457
3458 @node Location Default Action
3459 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3460 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3461
3462 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3463 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3464 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3465 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3466 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3467 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3468
3469 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3470 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3471
3472 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3473 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3474 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3475 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3476 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3477 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3478 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3479 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3480
3481 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3482
3483 @smallexample
3484 @group
3485 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3486 do \
3487 if (N) \
3488 @{ \
3489 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3490 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3491 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3492 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3493 @} \
3494 else \
3495 @{ \
3496 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3497 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3498 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3499 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3500 @} \
3501 while (0)
3502 @end group
3503 @end smallexample
3504
3505 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3506 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3507 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3508
3509 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3510
3511 @itemize @bullet
3512 @item
3513 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3514 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3515
3516 @item
3517 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3518 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3519 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3520 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3521
3522 @item
3523 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3524 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3525 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3526 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3527 @end itemize
3528
3529 @node Declarations
3530 @section Bison Declarations
3531 @cindex declarations, Bison
3532 @cindex Bison declarations
3533
3534 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3535 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3536 @xref{Symbols}.
3537
3538 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3539 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3540 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3541 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3542
3543 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3544 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3545 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3546 Grammars}).
3547
3548 @menu
3549 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3550 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3551 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3552 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3553 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3554 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3555 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3556 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3557 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3558 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3559 @end menu
3560
3561 @node Token Decl
3562 @subsection Token Type Names
3563 @cindex declaring token type names
3564 @cindex token type names, declaring
3565 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3566 @findex %token
3567
3568 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3569
3570 @example
3571 %token @var{name}
3572 @end example
3573
3574 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3575 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3576 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3577
3578 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3579 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3580 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3581 Precedence}.
3582
3583 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3584 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3585 following the token name:
3586
3587 @example
3588 %token NUM 300
3589 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3590 @end example
3591
3592 @noindent
3593 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3594 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3595 with each other or with normal characters.
3596
3597 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3598 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3599 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3600 Than One Value Type}).
3601
3602 For example:
3603
3604 @example
3605 @group
3606 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3607 double val;
3608 symrec *tptr;
3609 @}
3610 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3611 @end group
3612 @end example
3613
3614 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3615 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3616 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3617
3618 @example
3619 %token arrow "=>"
3620 @end example
3621
3622 @noindent
3623 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3624 equivalent literal string tokens:
3625
3626 @example
3627 %token <operator> OR "||"
3628 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3629 %left OR "<="
3630 @end example
3631
3632 @noindent
3633 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3634 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3635 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3636 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3637
3638 @node Precedence Decl
3639 @subsection Operator Precedence
3640 @cindex precedence declarations
3641 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3642 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3643
3644 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3645 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3646 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3647 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3648 operator precedence.
3649
3650 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3651 @code{%token}: either
3652
3653 @example
3654 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3655 @end example
3656
3657 @noindent
3658 or
3659
3660 @example
3661 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3662 @end example
3663
3664 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3665 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3666 all the @var{symbols}:
3667
3668 @itemize @bullet
3669 @item
3670 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3671 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3672 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3673 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3674 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3675 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3676 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3677 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3678 considered a syntax error.
3679
3680 @item
3681 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3682 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3683 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3684 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3685 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3686 @end itemize
3687
3688 @node Union Decl
3689 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3690 @cindex declaring value types
3691 @cindex value types, declaring
3692 @findex %union
3693
3694 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of possible
3695 data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is followed by a
3696 pair of braces containing the same thing that goes inside a @code{union} in
3697 C.
3698
3699 For example:
3700
3701 @example
3702 @group
3703 %union @{
3704 double val;
3705 symrec *tptr;
3706 @}
3707 @end group
3708 @end example
3709
3710 @noindent
3711 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3712 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3713 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3714 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3715
3716 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3717 @code{union}. For example:
3718
3719 @example
3720 @group
3721 %union value @{
3722 double val;
3723 symrec *tptr;
3724 @}
3725 @end group
3726 @end example
3727
3728 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3729 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3730 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3731
3732 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3733 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3734
3735 @node Type Decl
3736 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3737 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3738 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3739 @findex %type
3740
3741 @noindent
3742 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3743 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3744 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3745
3746 @example
3747 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3748 @end example
3749
3750 @noindent
3751 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3752 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3753 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3754 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3755 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3756 the symbol names.
3757
3758 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3759 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3760 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3761 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3762
3763 @node Initial Action Decl
3764 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3765 @findex %initial-action
3766
3767 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3768 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3769 code.
3770
3771 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3772 @findex %initial-action
3773 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3774 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3775 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3776 @code{%parse-param}.
3777 @end deffn
3778
3779 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3780
3781 @example
3782 %parse-param @{ const char *filename @};
3783 %initial-action
3784 @{
3785 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = filename;
3786 @};
3787 @end example
3788
3789
3790 @node Destructor Decl
3791 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3792 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3793 @findex %destructor
3794
3795 Some symbols can be discarded by the parser. For instance, during error
3796 recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), embarrassing symbols already pushed
3797 on the stack, and embarrassing tokens coming from the rest of the file
3798 are thrown away until the parser falls on its feet. If these symbols
3799 convey heap based information, this memory is lost. While this behavior
3800 can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as in compilers, it is not for
3801 possibly ``never ending'' parsers such as shells, or implementations of
3802 communication protocols.
3803
3804 The @code{%destructor} directive allows for the definition of code that
3805 is called when a symbol is thrown away.
3806
3807 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3808 @findex %destructor
3809 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked for each of the
3810 @var{symbols} that will be discarded by the parser. The @var{code}
3811 should use @code{$$} to designate the semantic value associated to the
3812 @var{symbols}. The additional parser parameters are also available
3813 (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
3814
3815 @strong{Warning:} as of Bison 1.875, this feature is still considered as
3816 experimental, as there was not enough user feedback. In particular,
3817 the syntax might still change.
3818 @end deffn
3819
3820 For instance:
3821
3822 @smallexample
3823 %union
3824 @{
3825 char *string;
3826 @}
3827 %token <string> STRING
3828 %type <string> string
3829 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3830 @end smallexample
3831
3832 @noindent
3833 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} will be discarded,
3834 its associated memory will be freed.
3835
3836 Note that in the future, Bison might also consider that right hand side
3837 members that are not mentioned in the action can be destroyed. For
3838 instance, in:
3839
3840 @smallexample
3841 comment: "/*" STRING "*/";
3842 @end smallexample
3843
3844 @noindent
3845 the parser is entitled to destroy the semantic value of the
3846 @code{string}. Of course, this will not apply to the default action;
3847 compare:
3848
3849 @smallexample
3850 typeless: string; // $$ = $1 does not apply; $1 is destroyed.
3851 typefull: string; // $$ = $1 applies, $1 is not destroyed.
3852 @end smallexample
3853
3854 @sp 1
3855
3856 @cindex discarded symbols
3857 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3858
3859 @itemize
3860 @item
3861 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3862 @item
3863 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3864 @item
3865 the current look-ahead when the parser aborts (either via an explicit
3866 call to @code{YYABORT}, or as a consequence of a failed error recovery).
3867 @end itemize
3868
3869
3870 @node Expect Decl
3871 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3872 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3873 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3874 @cindex warnings, preventing
3875 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3876 @findex %expect
3877 @findex %expect-rr
3878
3879 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3880 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3881 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3882 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3883 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3884 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
3885
3886 The declaration looks like this:
3887
3888 @example
3889 %expect @var{n}
3890 @end example
3891
3892 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should be
3893 no warning if there are @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no
3894 reduce/reduce conflicts. The usual warning is
3895 given if there are either more or fewer conflicts, or if there are any
3896 reduce/reduce conflicts.
3897
3898 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more serious,
3899 and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
3900 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, however,
3901 both shift/reduce and reduce/reduce are routine (otherwise, there
3902 would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing). Therefore, it is also possible
3903 to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts in @acronym{GLR}
3904 parsers, using the declaration:
3905
3906 @example
3907 %expect-rr @var{n}
3908 @end example
3909
3910 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
3911
3912 @itemize @bullet
3913 @item
3914 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
3915 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
3916 print the number of conflicts.
3917
3918 @item
3919 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
3920 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
3921 go back to the beginning.
3922
3923 @item
3924 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
3925 number which Bison printed.
3926 @end itemize
3927
3928 Now Bison will stop annoying you if you do not change the number of
3929 conflicts, but it will warn you again if changes in the grammar result
3930 in more or fewer conflicts.
3931
3932 @node Start Decl
3933 @subsection The Start-Symbol
3934 @cindex declaring the start symbol
3935 @cindex start symbol, declaring
3936 @cindex default start symbol
3937 @findex %start
3938
3939 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
3940 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
3941 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
3942
3943 @example
3944 %start @var{symbol}
3945 @end example
3946
3947 @node Pure Decl
3948 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
3949 @cindex reentrant parser
3950 @cindex pure parser
3951 @findex %pure-parser
3952
3953 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
3954 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
3955 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
3956 for example, a non-reentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
3957 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a non-reentrant
3958 program must be called only within interlocks.
3959
3960 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
3961 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
3962 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
3963 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
3964 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
3965
3966 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
3967 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
3968 reentrant. It looks like this:
3969
3970 @example
3971 %pure-parser
3972 @end example
3973
3974 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
3975 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
3976 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
3977 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
3978 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
3979 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
3980 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
3981 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
3982
3983 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
3984 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
3985 valid grammar.
3986
3987 @node Decl Summary
3988 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
3989 @cindex Bison declaration summary
3990 @cindex declaration summary
3991 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
3992
3993 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
3994
3995 @deffn {Directive} %union
3996 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
3997 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
3998 @end deffn
3999
4000 @deffn {Directive} %token
4001 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4002 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4003 @end deffn
4004
4005 @deffn {Directive} %right
4006 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4007 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4008 @end deffn
4009
4010 @deffn {Directive} %left
4011 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4012 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4013 @end deffn
4014
4015 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4016 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4017 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4018 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4019 @end deffn
4020
4021 @ifset defaultprec
4022 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4023 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4024 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4025 @end deffn
4026 @end ifset
4027
4028 @deffn {Directive} %type
4029 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4030 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4031 @end deffn
4032
4033 @deffn {Directive} %start
4034 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4035 Start-Symbol}).
4036 @end deffn
4037
4038 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4039 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4040 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4041 @end deffn
4042
4043
4044 @sp 1
4045 @noindent
4046 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4047 directives:
4048
4049 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4050 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4051 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4052 @end deffn
4053 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4054
4055 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4056 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4057 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4058 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4059 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4060
4061 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4062 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4063 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components
4064 that require other definitions, or if you have defined a
4065 @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic
4066 Values}), you need to arrange for these definitions to be propagated to
4067 all modules, e.g., by putting them in a
4068 prerequisite header that is included both by your parser and by any
4069 other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4070
4071 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4072 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4073 Parser}.
4074
4075 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4076 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4077 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4078 Locations}.
4079
4080 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the
4081 definition of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because
4082 @code{yylex} typically needs to be able to refer to the
4083 above-mentioned declarations and to the token type codes.
4084 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
4085 @end deffn
4086
4087 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4088 Specifying how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4089 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4090 @end deffn
4091
4092 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4093 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4094 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4095 @end deffn
4096
4097 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4098 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4099 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4100 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4101 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4102 accurate syntax error messages.
4103 @end deffn
4104
4105 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4106 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4107 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4108 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4109 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4110 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4111 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4112 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4113 Program}.
4114 @end deffn
4115
4116 @ifset defaultprec
4117 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4118 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4119 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4120 Precedence}).
4121 @end deffn
4122 @end ifset
4123
4124 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4125 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4126 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4127 declarations.
4128
4129 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4130 into a file named @file{@var{filename}.act}, in the form of a
4131 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4132 @end deffn
4133
4134 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4135 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4136 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4137 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4138 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4139 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4140 file in its own right.
4141 @end deffn
4142
4143 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{filename}"
4144 Specify the @var{filename} for the parser file.
4145 @end deffn
4146
4147 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4148 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4149 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4150 @end deffn
4151
4152 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4153 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4154 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4155 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4156 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4157 @code{"$end"},
4158 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4159 defined in the grammar file.
4160
4161 For single-character literal tokens and literal string tokens, the name
4162 in the table includes the single-quote or double-quote characters: for
4163 example, @code{"'+'"} is a single-character literal and @code{"\"<=\""}
4164 is a literal string token. All the characters of the literal string
4165 token appear verbatim in the string found in the table; even
4166 double-quote characters are not escaped. For example, if the token
4167 consists of three characters @samp{*"*}, its string in @code{yytname}
4168 contains @samp{"*"*"}. (In C, that would be written as
4169 @code{"\"*\"*\""}).
4170
4171 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4172 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4173 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4174
4175 @table @code
4176 @item YYNTOKENS
4177 The highest token number, plus one.
4178 @item YYNNTS
4179 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4180 @item YYNRULES
4181 The number of grammar rules,
4182 @item YYNSTATES
4183 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4184 @end table
4185 @end deffn
4186
4187 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4188 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4189 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4190 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4191 information.
4192 @end deffn
4193
4194 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4195 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4196 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4197 @end deffn
4198
4199
4200 @node Multiple Parsers
4201 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4202
4203 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4204 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4205 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4206 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4207
4208 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4209 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4210 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4211 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4212 names that do not conflict.
4213
4214 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4215 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4216 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4217 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4218
4219 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4220 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4221 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4222 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4223 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4224
4225 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4226 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4227 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4228 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4229
4230 @node Interface
4231 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4232 @cindex C-language interface
4233 @cindex interface
4234
4235 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4236 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4237 functions that it needs to use.
4238
4239 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4240 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4241 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4242 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4243
4244 @menu
4245 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4246 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4247 which reads tokens.
4248 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4249 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4250 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4251 native language.
4252 @end menu
4253
4254 @node Parser Function
4255 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4256 @findex yyparse
4257
4258 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4259 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4260 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4261 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4262 without reading further.
4263
4264
4265 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4266 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4267 is due to end-of-input).
4268
4269 The value is 1 if parsing failed (return is due to a syntax error).
4270 @end deftypefun
4271
4272 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4273 these macros:
4274
4275 @defmac YYACCEPT
4276 @findex YYACCEPT
4277 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4278 @end defmac
4279
4280 @defmac YYABORT
4281 @findex YYABORT
4282 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4283 @end defmac
4284
4285 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4286 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4287 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4288
4289 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4290 @findex %parse-param
4291 Declare that an argument declared by @code{argument-declaration} is an
4292 additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4293 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4294 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4295 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4296 @end deffn
4297
4298 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4299
4300 @example
4301 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4302 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4303 @end example
4304
4305 @noindent
4306 Then call the parser like this:
4307
4308 @example
4309 @{
4310 int nastiness, randomness;
4311 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4312 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4313 @dots{}
4314 @}
4315 @end example
4316
4317 @noindent
4318 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4319
4320 @example
4321 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4322 @end example
4323
4324
4325 @node Lexical
4326 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4327 @findex yylex
4328 @cindex lexical analyzer
4329
4330 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4331 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4332 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4333 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4334
4335 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4336 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4337 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4338 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4339 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4340 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4341 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4342
4343 @menu
4344 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4345 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4346 of the token it has read.
4347 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4348 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4349 actions want that.
4350 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4351 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4352 @end menu
4353
4354 @node Calling Convention
4355 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4356
4357 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4358 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4359 signifies end-of-input.
4360
4361 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4362 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4363 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4364 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4365
4366 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4367 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4368 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4369 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4370 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4371 signifies end-of-input.
4372
4373 Here is an example showing these things:
4374
4375 @example
4376 int
4377 yylex (void)
4378 @{
4379 @dots{}
4380 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4381 return 0;
4382 @dots{}
4383 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4384 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4385 @dots{}
4386 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4387 @dots{}
4388 @}
4389 @end example
4390
4391 @noindent
4392 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4393 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4394
4395 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4396 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4397
4398 @itemize @bullet
4399 @item
4400 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4401 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4402 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4403 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4404
4405 @item
4406 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4407 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4408 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4409 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4410 token's characters are not escaped in any way; they appear verbatim in
4411 the contents of the string in the table.
4412
4413 Here's code for looking up a token in @code{yytname}, assuming that the
4414 characters of the token are stored in @code{token_buffer}.
4415
4416 @smallexample
4417 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4418 @{
4419 if (yytname[i] != 0
4420 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4421 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4422 strlen (token_buffer))
4423 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4424 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4425 break;
4426 @}
4427 @end smallexample
4428
4429 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4430 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4431 @end itemize
4432
4433 @node Token Values
4434 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4435
4436 @vindex yylval
4437 In an ordinary (non-reentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4438 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4439 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4440 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4441 @code{yylex}:
4442
4443 @example
4444 @group
4445 @dots{}
4446 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4447 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4448 @dots{}
4449 @end group
4450 @end example
4451
4452 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4453 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4454 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4455 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4456 declaration looks like this:
4457
4458 @example
4459 @group
4460 %union @{
4461 int intval;
4462 double val;
4463 symrec *tptr;
4464 @}
4465 @end group
4466 @end example
4467
4468 @noindent
4469 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4470
4471 @example
4472 @group
4473 @dots{}
4474 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4475 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4476 @dots{}
4477 @end group
4478 @end example
4479
4480 @node Token Locations
4481 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4482
4483 @vindex yylloc
4484 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4485 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the
4486 textual locations of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this
4487 information in @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to
4488 find the textual location of a token just parsed in the global variable
4489 @code{yylloc}. So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that
4490 variable.
4491
4492 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4493 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4494 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4495 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4496 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4497
4498 @tindex YYLTYPE
4499 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4500
4501 @node Pure Calling
4502 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4503
4504 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4505 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4506 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4507 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4508 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4509 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4510 pointers.
4511
4512 @example
4513 int
4514 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4515 @{
4516 @dots{}
4517 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4518 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4519 @dots{}
4520 @}
4521 @end example
4522
4523 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4524 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4525 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4526 only one argument.
4527
4528
4529 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4530 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4531 Function}).
4532
4533 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4534 @findex %lex-param
4535 Declare that @code{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yylex}
4536 argument declaration.
4537 @end deffn
4538
4539 For instance:
4540
4541 @example
4542 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4543 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4544 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4545 @end example
4546
4547 @noindent
4548 results in the following signature:
4549
4550 @example
4551 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4552 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4553 @end example
4554
4555 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4556
4557 @example
4558 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4559 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4560 @end example
4561
4562 @noindent
4563 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4564
4565 @example
4566 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4567 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4568 @end example
4569
4570 @node Error Reporting
4571 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4572 @cindex error reporting function
4573 @findex yyerror
4574 @cindex parse error
4575 @cindex syntax error
4576
4577 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4578 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4579 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4580 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4581 in Actions}).
4582
4583 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4584 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4585 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4586 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4587 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4588
4589 @findex %error-verbose
4590 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4591 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4592 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4593 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4594
4595 The parser can detect one other kind of error: stack overflow. This
4596 happens when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4597 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4598 parser extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4599 if overflow happens, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4600 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"parser stack
4601 overflow"}}.
4602
4603 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4604
4605 @example
4606 @group
4607 void
4608 yyerror (char const *s)
4609 @{
4610 @end group
4611 @group
4612 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4613 @}
4614 @end group
4615 @end example
4616
4617 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4618 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4619 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4620 immediately return 1.
4621
4622 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4623 an access to the current location.
4624 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4625 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4626 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4627 @code{yyerror} are:
4628
4629 @example
4630 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4631 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4632 @end example
4633
4634 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4635
4636 @example
4637 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4638 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4639 @end example
4640
4641 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4642 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4643 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4644 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4645
4646 @example
4647 /* Location tracking. */
4648 %locations
4649 /* Pure yylex. */
4650 %pure-parser
4651 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4652 /* Pure yyparse. */
4653 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4654 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4655 @end example
4656
4657 @noindent
4658 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4659
4660 @example
4661 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4662 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4663 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4664 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4665 char const *msg);
4666 @end example
4667
4668 @noindent
4669 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4670 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4671 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4672 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4673 message is always passed last.
4674
4675 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4676 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4677 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4678 @code{yyerror}.
4679
4680 @vindex yynerrs
4681 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4682 encountered so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4683 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4684 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4685
4686 @node Action Features
4687 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4688 @cindex summary, action features
4689 @cindex action features summary
4690
4691 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4692 are useful in actions.
4693
4694 @deffn {Variable} $$
4695 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4696 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4697 @end deffn
4698
4699 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4700 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4701 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4702 @end deffn
4703
4704 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4705 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4706 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4707 Types of Values in Actions}.
4708 @end deffn
4709
4710 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4711 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4712 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4713 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4714 @end deffn
4715
4716 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4717 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4718 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4719 @end deffn
4720
4721 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4722 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4723 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4724 @end deffn
4725
4726 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4727 @findex YYBACKUP
4728 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4729 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4730 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4731 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4732 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4733 going to be reduced by this rule.
4734
4735 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4736 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4737 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4738 recovery.
4739
4740 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4741 @end deffn
4742
4743 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4744 @vindex YYEMPTY
4745 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4746 @end deffn
4747
4748 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4749 @findex YYERROR
4750 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4751 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4752 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4753 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4754 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4755 @end deffn
4756
4757 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4758 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4759 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4760 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4761 @end deffn
4762
4763 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4764 Variable containing the current look-ahead token. (In a pure parser,
4765 this is actually a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) When there is
4766 no look-ahead token, the value @code{YYEMPTY} is stored in the variable.
4767 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4768 @end deffn
4769
4770 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4771 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4772 error rules. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4773 @end deffn
4774
4775 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4776 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4777 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4778 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @deffn {Value} @@$
4782 @findex @@$
4783 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4784 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4785 Tracking Locations}.
4786
4787 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4788
4789 @c @example
4790 @c struct @{
4791 @c int first_line, last_line;
4792 @c int first_column, last_column;
4793 @c @};
4794 @c @end example
4795
4796 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4797 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4798
4799 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4800 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4801 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4802 @c those members.
4803
4804 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4808 @findex @@@var{n}
4809 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4810 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4811 Tracking Locations}.
4812 @end deffn
4813
4814 @node Internationalization
4815 @section Parser Internationalization
4816 @cindex internationalization
4817 @cindex i18n
4818 @cindex NLS
4819 @cindex gettext
4820 @cindex bison-po
4821
4822 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4823 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4824 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language.
4825 To make this work, the user should set the usual environment
4826 variables. @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU
4827 @code{gettext} utilities}. For
4828 example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might set
4829 the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4830 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4831 installation.
4832
4833 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4834 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4835 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4836 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4837
4838 @enumerate
4839 @item
4840 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4841 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4842 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4843 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4844 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4845 For example:
4846
4847 @example
4848 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
4849 @end example
4850
4851 @item
4852 @findex BISON_I18N
4853 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
4854 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
4855 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
4856 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
4857 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
4858 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
4859 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
4860 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
4861 Bison-generated parser.
4862
4863 @item
4864 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
4865 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
4866 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
4867 For example:
4868
4869 @example
4870 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
4871 @end example
4872
4873 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
4874 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
4875 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
4876 @file{Makefile}.
4877
4878 @item
4879 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
4880 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
4881 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
4882
4883 @example
4884 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4885 @end example
4886
4887 or:
4888
4889 @example
4890 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4891 @end example
4892
4893 @item
4894 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
4895 infrastructure.
4896 @end enumerate
4897
4898
4899 @node Algorithm
4900 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
4901 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
4902 @cindex algorithm of parser
4903 @cindex shifting
4904 @cindex reduction
4905 @cindex parser stack
4906 @cindex stack, parser
4907
4908 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
4909 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
4910 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
4911
4912 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
4913 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
4914 that was shifted.
4915
4916 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
4917 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
4918 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
4919 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
4920 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
4921 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
4922 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
4923
4924 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
4925
4926 @example
4927 1 + 5 * 3
4928 @end example
4929
4930 @noindent
4931 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
4932 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
4933
4934 @example
4935 expr: expr '*' expr;
4936 @end example
4937
4938 @noindent
4939 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
4940
4941 @example
4942 1 + 15
4943 @end example
4944
4945 @noindent
4946 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
4947 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
4948
4949 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
4950 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
4951 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
4952
4953 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
4954
4955 @menu
4956 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
4957 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
4958 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
4959 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
4960 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
4961 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
4962 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
4963 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
4964 * Stack Overflow:: What happens when stack gets full. How to avoid it.
4965 @end menu
4966
4967 @node Look-Ahead
4968 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
4969 @cindex look-ahead token
4970
4971 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
4972 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
4973 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
4974 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
4975 token in order to decide what to do.
4976
4977 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
4978 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
4979 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
4980 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
4981 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
4982 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
4983 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
4984 application.
4985
4986 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
4987 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
4988 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
4989
4990 @example
4991 @group
4992 expr: term '+' expr
4993 | term
4994 ;
4995 @end group
4996
4997 @group
4998 term: '(' expr ')'
4999 | term '!'
5000 | NUMBER
5001 ;
5002 @end group
5003 @end example
5004
5005 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5006 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5007 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5008 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5009 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5010
5011 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5012 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5013 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5014 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5015 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5016 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5017
5018 @vindex yychar
5019 The current look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5020 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5021
5022 @node Shift/Reduce
5023 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5024 @cindex conflicts
5025 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5026 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5027 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5028
5029 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5030 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5031
5032 @example
5033 @group
5034 if_stmt:
5035 IF expr THEN stmt
5036 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5037 ;
5038 @end group
5039 @end example
5040
5041 @noindent
5042 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5043 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5044
5045 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5046 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5047 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5048 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5049 rule.
5050
5051 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5052 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5053 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5054 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5055 contrast it with the other alternative.
5056
5057 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5058 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5059 equivalent:
5060
5061 @example
5062 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5063
5064 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5065 @end example
5066
5067 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5068 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5069 making these two inputs equivalent:
5070
5071 @example
5072 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5073
5074 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5075 @end example
5076
5077 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5078 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5079 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5080 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5081 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5082 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5083 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5084 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5085
5086 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5087 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5088 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5089 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5090
5091 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5092 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5093 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5094 conflict:
5095
5096 @example
5097 @group
5098 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5099 %%
5100 @end group
5101 @group
5102 stmt: expr
5103 | if_stmt
5104 ;
5105 @end group
5106
5107 @group
5108 if_stmt:
5109 IF expr THEN stmt
5110 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5111 ;
5112 @end group
5113
5114 expr: variable
5115 ;
5116 @end example
5117
5118 @node Precedence
5119 @section Operator Precedence
5120 @cindex operator precedence
5121 @cindex precedence of operators
5122
5123 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5124 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5125 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5126 shift and when to reduce.
5127
5128 @menu
5129 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5130 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5131 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5132 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5133 @end menu
5134
5135 @node Why Precedence
5136 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5137
5138 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5139 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5140
5141 @example
5142 @group
5143 expr: expr '-' expr
5144 | expr '*' expr
5145 | expr '<' expr
5146 | '(' expr ')'
5147 @dots{}
5148 ;
5149 @end group
5150 @end example
5151
5152 @noindent
5153 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5154 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5155 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5156 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5157 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5158 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5159 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5160 different results.
5161
5162 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5163 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5164 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5165 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5166 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5167 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5168 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5169 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5170 @samp{<}.
5171
5172 @cindex associativity
5173 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5174 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5175 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5176 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5177 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5178 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5179 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5180 makes right-associativity.
5181
5182 @node Using Precedence
5183 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5184 @findex %left
5185 @findex %right
5186 @findex %nonassoc
5187
5188 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5189 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5190 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5191 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5192 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5193 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5194 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5195 row''.
5196
5197 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5198 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5199 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5200 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5201 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5202
5203 @node Precedence Examples
5204 @subsection Precedence Examples
5205
5206 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5207
5208 @example
5209 %left '<'
5210 %left '-'
5211 %left '*'
5212 @end example
5213
5214 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5215 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5216 declared with @code{'-'}:
5217
5218 @example
5219 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5220 %left '+' '-'
5221 %left '*' '/'
5222 @end example
5223
5224 @noindent
5225 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5226 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5227 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5228
5229 @node How Precedence
5230 @subsection How Precedence Works
5231
5232 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5233 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5234 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5235 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5236 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5237 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5238
5239 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5240 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5241 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5242 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5243 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5244 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5245 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5246 resolved.
5247
5248 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5249 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5250
5251 @node Contextual Precedence
5252 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5253 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5254 @cindex unary operator precedence
5255 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5256 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5257 @findex %prec
5258
5259 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5260 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5261 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5262 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5263
5264 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5265 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5266 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5267 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5268 modifier for rules.
5269
5270 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5271 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5272 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5273 modifier's syntax is:
5274
5275 @example
5276 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5277 @end example
5278
5279 @noindent
5280 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5281 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5282 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5283 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5284 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5285
5286 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5287 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5288 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5289 precedence:
5290
5291 @example
5292 @dots{}
5293 %left '+' '-'
5294 %left '*'
5295 %left UMINUS
5296 @end example
5297
5298 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5299
5300 @example
5301 @group
5302 exp: @dots{}
5303 | exp '-' exp
5304 @dots{}
5305 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5306 @end group
5307 @end example
5308
5309 @ifset defaultprec
5310 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5311 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5312 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5313 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5314
5315 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5316 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5317 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5318 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5319
5320 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5321 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5322 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5323 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5324 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5325 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5326
5327 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5328 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5329 @end ifset
5330
5331 @node Parser States
5332 @section Parser States
5333 @cindex finite-state machine
5334 @cindex parser state
5335 @cindex state (of parser)
5336
5337 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5338 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5339 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5340 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5341 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5342
5343 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5344 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5345 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5346 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5347 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5348 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5349 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5350 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5351 pushed.
5352
5353 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5354 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5355 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5356
5357 @node Reduce/Reduce
5358 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5359 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5360 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5361
5362 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5363 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5364 in the grammar.
5365
5366 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5367 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5368
5369 @example
5370 sequence: /* empty */
5371 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5372 | maybeword
5373 | sequence word
5374 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5375 ;
5376
5377 maybeword: /* empty */
5378 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5379 | word
5380 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5381 ;
5382 @end example
5383
5384 @noindent
5385 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5386 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5387 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5388 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5389 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5390 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5391
5392 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5393 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5394 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5395
5396 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5397 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5398 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5399 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5400 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5401
5402 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5403 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5404 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5405 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5406
5407 @example
5408 sequence: /* empty */
5409 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5410 | sequence word
5411 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5412 ;
5413 @end example
5414
5415 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5416
5417 @example
5418 sequence: /* empty */
5419 | sequence words
5420 | sequence redirects
5421 ;
5422
5423 words: /* empty */
5424 | words word
5425 ;
5426
5427 redirects:/* empty */
5428 | redirects redirect
5429 ;
5430 @end example
5431
5432 @noindent
5433 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5434 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5435 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5436 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5437 in infinitely many ways!
5438
5439 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5440 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5441 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5442 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5443
5444 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5445 of sequence:
5446
5447 @example
5448 sequence: /* empty */
5449 | sequence word
5450 | sequence redirect
5451 ;
5452 @end example
5453
5454 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5455 from being empty:
5456
5457 @example
5458 sequence: /* empty */
5459 | sequence words
5460 | sequence redirects
5461 ;
5462
5463 words: word
5464 | words word
5465 ;
5466
5467 redirects:redirect
5468 | redirects redirect
5469 ;
5470 @end example
5471
5472 @node Mystery Conflicts
5473 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5474
5475 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5476 Here is an example:
5477
5478 @example
5479 @group
5480 %token ID
5481
5482 %%
5483 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5484 ;
5485 param_spec:
5486 type
5487 | name_list ':' type
5488 ;
5489 @end group
5490 @group
5491 return_spec:
5492 type
5493 | name ':' type
5494 ;
5495 @end group
5496 @group
5497 type: ID
5498 ;
5499 @end group
5500 @group
5501 name: ID
5502 ;
5503 name_list:
5504 name
5505 | name ',' name_list
5506 ;
5507 @end group
5508 @end example
5509
5510 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5511 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5512 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5513 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5514
5515 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5516 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5517 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5518 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5519 an @code{ID}
5520 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5521 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5522 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5523 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5524 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5525 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5526 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5527 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5528 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5529
5530 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5531 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5532 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5533 and tend to
5534 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5535 as it is now.
5536
5537 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5538 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5539 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5540 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5541
5542 @example
5543 @group
5544 %token BOGUS
5545 @dots{}
5546 %%
5547 @dots{}
5548 return_spec:
5549 type
5550 | name ':' type
5551 /* This rule is never used. */
5552 | ID BOGUS
5553 ;
5554 @end group
5555 @end example
5556
5557 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5558 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5559 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5560 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5561 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5562 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5563
5564 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5565 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5566 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5567 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5568 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5569 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5570
5571 @example
5572 param_spec:
5573 type
5574 | name_list ':' type
5575 ;
5576 return_spec:
5577 type
5578 | ID ':' type
5579 ;
5580 @end example
5581
5582 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5583 generators, please see:
5584 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5585 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5586 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5587 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5588
5589 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5590 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5591 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5592 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5593 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5594 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
5595
5596 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5597 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5598 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5599 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5600 context-free languages.
5601 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5602 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5603 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5604 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5605 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5606 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5607 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5608 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5609
5610 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5611 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5612 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5613 parser uses the same basic
5614 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5615 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5616 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5617 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5618 situation, it
5619 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5620 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5621 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5622 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5623 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5624
5625 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5626 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5627 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5628 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5629 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5630 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5631 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5632 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5633 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5634 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5635 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5636 stream.
5637
5638 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5639 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5640 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5641 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5642 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5643 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5644 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5645 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5646 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5647 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5648 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5649 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5650
5651 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5652 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5653 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5654 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5655 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5656 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5657 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5658 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5659 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or non-deterministic
5660 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5661 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5662 Usually, non-determinism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5663 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5664 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5665 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5666 Bison parser.
5667
5668 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5669 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5670 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5671 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5672 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5673 (2000-12-24).
5674
5675 @node Stack Overflow
5676 @section Stack Overflow, and How to Avoid It
5677 @cindex stack overflow
5678 @cindex parser stack overflow
5679 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5680
5681 The Bison parser stack can overflow if too many tokens are shifted and
5682 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5683 returns a nonzero value, pausing only to call @code{yyerror} to report
5684 the overflow.
5685
5686 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5687 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5688 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5689
5690 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5691 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5692 parser stack can become before a stack overflow occurs. Define the
5693 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5694 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5695
5696 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5697 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser actually allocates a small
5698 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5699 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5700 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5701 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5702
5703 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5704 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5705 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5706 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5707
5708 @cindex default stack limit
5709 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5710 10000.
5711
5712 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5713 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5714 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5715 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5716 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5717 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5718
5719 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be a value so large that arithmetic
5720 overflow would occur when calculating the size of the stack space.
5721 Also, do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than
5722 @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5723
5724 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5725 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5726 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison by compiled as C++
5727 cannot grow. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5728 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. In the near future, a C++ output
5729 output will be provided which addresses this issue.
5730
5731 @node Error Recovery
5732 @chapter Error Recovery
5733 @cindex error recovery
5734 @cindex recovery from errors
5735
5736 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5737 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5738 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5739 another expression.
5740
5741 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5742 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5743 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5744 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5745 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5746 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5747 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5748
5749 @findex error
5750 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5751 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5752 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5753 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5754 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5755 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5756
5757 For example:
5758
5759 @example
5760 stmnts: /* empty string */
5761 | stmnts '\n'
5762 | stmnts exp '\n'
5763 | stmnts error '\n'
5764 @end example
5765
5766 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5767 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5768
5769 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5770 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5771 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5772 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5773 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5774 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5775 applicable in the ordinary way.
5776
5777 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5778 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5779 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5780 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5781 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5782 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5783 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5784 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5785 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5786 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5787 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5788 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5789
5790 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5791 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5792 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5793
5794 @example
5795 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5796 @end example
5797
5798 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5799 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5800 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5801 spurious error message:
5802
5803 @example
5804 primary: '(' expr ')'
5805 | '(' error ')'
5806 @dots{}
5807 ;
5808 @end example
5809
5810 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5811 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5812 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5813 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5814 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5815 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5816 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5817 @code{stmnt}.
5818
5819 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5820 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5821 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5822 error messages resume.
5823
5824 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5825 as any other rules can.
5826
5827 @findex yyerrok
5828 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5829 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5830 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5831 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5832
5833 @findex yyclearin
5834 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5835 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5836 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5837 action.
5838
5839 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5840 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5841 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5842 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5843 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
5844
5845 @vindex YYRECOVERING
5846 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
5847 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
5848 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
5849 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
5850
5851 @node Context Dependency
5852 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
5853
5854 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
5855 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
5856 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
5857 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
5858 languages.
5859
5860 @menu
5861 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
5862 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
5863 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
5864 error recovery rules must be written.
5865 @end menu
5866
5867 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
5868 neither clean nor robust.)
5869
5870 @node Semantic Tokens
5871 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
5872
5873 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
5874 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
5875
5876 @example
5877 foo (x);
5878 @end example
5879
5880 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
5881 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
5882 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
5883
5884 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
5885 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
5886 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
5887 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
5888 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
5889
5890 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
5891 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
5892 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
5893 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
5894 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
5895 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
5896 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
5897
5898 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
5899 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
5900 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
5901 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
5902 earlier:
5903
5904 @example
5905 typedef int foo, bar;
5906 int baz (void)
5907 @{
5908 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
5909 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
5910 return foo (bar);
5911 @}
5912 @end example
5913
5914 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
5915 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
5916
5917 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
5918 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
5919 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
5920 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
5921 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
5922
5923 @example
5924 initdcl:
5925 declarator maybeasm '='
5926 init
5927 | declarator maybeasm
5928 ;
5929
5930 notype_initdcl:
5931 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
5932 init
5933 | notype_declarator maybeasm
5934 ;
5935 @end example
5936
5937 @noindent
5938 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
5939 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
5940 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
5941
5942 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
5943 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
5944 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
5945 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
5946 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
5947 the syntactic context.
5948
5949 @node Lexical Tie-ins
5950 @section Lexical Tie-ins
5951 @cindex lexical tie-in
5952
5953 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
5954 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
5955 parsed.
5956
5957 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
5958 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
5959 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
5960 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
5961 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
5962
5963 @example
5964 @group
5965 %@{
5966 int hexflag;
5967 int yylex (void);
5968 void yyerror (char const *);
5969 %@}
5970 %%
5971 @dots{}
5972 @end group
5973 @group
5974 expr: IDENTIFIER
5975 | constant
5976 | HEX '('
5977 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
5978 expr ')'
5979 @{ hexflag = 0;
5980 $$ = $4; @}
5981 | expr '+' expr
5982 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
5983 @dots{}
5984 ;
5985 @end group
5986
5987 @group
5988 constant:
5989 INTEGER
5990 | STRING
5991 ;
5992 @end group
5993 @end example
5994
5995 @noindent
5996 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
5997 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
5998 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
5999
6000 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6001 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6002 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6003
6004 @node Tie-in Recovery
6005 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6006
6007 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6008 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6009
6010 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6011 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6012 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6013 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6014
6015 @example
6016 stmt: expr ';'
6017 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6018 @dots{}
6019 error ';'
6020 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6021 ;
6022 @end example
6023
6024 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6025 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6026 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6027 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6028 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6029
6030 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6031
6032 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6033 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6034 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6035
6036 @example
6037 @group
6038 expr: @dots{}
6039 | '(' expr ')'
6040 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6041 | '(' error ')'
6042 @dots{}
6043 @end group
6044 @end example
6045
6046 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6047 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6048 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6049 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6050
6051 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6052 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6053 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6054 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6055 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6056 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6057 clear the flag.
6058
6059 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6060
6061 @node Debugging
6062 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6063
6064 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6065 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6066 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6067 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6068 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6069 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6070
6071 @menu
6072 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6073 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6074 @end menu
6075
6076 @node Understanding
6077 @section Understanding Your Parser
6078
6079 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6080 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6081 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6082 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6083 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6084 file).
6085
6086 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6087 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6088 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6089 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6090 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6091 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6092 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6093
6094 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6095
6096 @example
6097 %token NUM STR
6098 %left '+' '-'
6099 %left '*'
6100 %%
6101 exp: exp '+' exp
6102 | exp '-' exp
6103 | exp '*' exp
6104 | exp '/' exp
6105 | NUM
6106 ;
6107 useless: STR;
6108 %%
6109 @end example
6110
6111 @command{bison} reports:
6112
6113 @example
6114 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6115 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6116 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6117 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6118 @end example
6119
6120 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6121 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6122 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6123 interpretation is the same.
6124
6125 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6126 to precedence and/or associativity:
6127
6128 @example
6129 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6130 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6131 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6132 @exdent @dots{}
6133 @end example
6134
6135 @noindent
6136 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6137
6138 @example
6139 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6140 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6141 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6142 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6143 @end example
6144
6145 @noindent
6146 @cindex token, useless
6147 @cindex useless token
6148 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6149 @cindex useless nonterminal
6150 @cindex rule, useless
6151 @cindex useless rule
6152 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6153 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6154 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6155 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6156 below):
6157
6158 @example
6159 Useless nonterminals:
6160 useless
6161
6162 Terminals which are not used:
6163 STR
6164
6165 Useless rules:
6166 #6 useless: STR;
6167 @end example
6168
6169 @noindent
6170 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6171
6172 @example
6173 Grammar
6174
6175 Number, Line, Rule
6176 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6177 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6178 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6179 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6180 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6181 5 9 exp -> NUM
6182 @end example
6183
6184 @noindent
6185 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6186
6187 @example
6188 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6189
6190 $end (0) 0
6191 '*' (42) 3
6192 '+' (43) 1
6193 '-' (45) 2
6194 '/' (47) 4
6195 error (256)
6196 NUM (258) 5
6197
6198 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6199
6200 $accept (8)
6201 on left: 0
6202 exp (9)
6203 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6204 @end example
6205
6206 @noindent
6207 @cindex item
6208 @cindex pointed rule
6209 @cindex rule, pointed
6210 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6211 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6212 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6213 that the input cursor.
6214
6215 @example
6216 state 0
6217
6218 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6219
6220 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6221
6222 exp go to state 2
6223 @end example
6224
6225 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6226 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6227 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6228 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6229 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6230 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6231 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6232 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6233
6234 @cindex core, item set
6235 @cindex item set core
6236 @cindex kernel, item set
6237 @cindex item set core
6238 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6239 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6240 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6241 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6242 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6243 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6244 be derived:
6245
6246 @example
6247 state 0
6248
6249 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6250 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6251 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6252 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6253 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6254 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6255
6256 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6257
6258 exp go to state 2
6259 @end example
6260
6261 @noindent
6262 In the state 1...
6263
6264 @example
6265 state 1
6266
6267 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6268
6269 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6270 @end example
6271
6272 @noindent
6273 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6274 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6275 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6276 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6277
6278 @example
6279 state 2
6280
6281 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6282 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6283 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6284 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6285 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6286
6287 $ shift, and go to state 3
6288 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6289 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6290 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6291 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6292 @end example
6293
6294 @noindent
6295 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6296 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6297 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6298 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6299 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6300 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6301
6302 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6303 state}:
6304
6305 @example
6306 state 3
6307
6308 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6309
6310 $default accept
6311 @end example
6312
6313 @noindent
6314 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6315 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6316
6317 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6318 the reader.
6319
6320 @example
6321 state 4
6322
6323 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6324
6325 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6326
6327 exp go to state 8
6328
6329 state 5
6330
6331 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6332
6333 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6334
6335 exp go to state 9
6336
6337 state 6
6338
6339 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6340
6341 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6342
6343 exp go to state 10
6344
6345 state 7
6346
6347 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6348
6349 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6350
6351 exp go to state 11
6352 @end example
6353
6354 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6355 1 shift/reduce}:
6356
6357 @example
6358 state 8
6359
6360 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6361 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6362 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6363 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6364 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6365
6366 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6367 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6368
6369 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6370 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6371 @end example
6372
6373 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6374 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6375 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6376 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6377 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6378 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6379 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6380 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6381
6382 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6383 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6384 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6385 square brackets.
6386
6387 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6388 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6389 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6390 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6391 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6392 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6393 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6394 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6395 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6396 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6397 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6398 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6399
6400 @example
6401 state 8
6402
6403 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6404 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6405 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6406 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6407 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6408
6409 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6410 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6411
6412 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6413 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6414 @end example
6415
6416 The remaining states are similar:
6417
6418 @example
6419 state 9
6420
6421 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6422 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6423 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6424 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6425 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6426
6427 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6428 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6429
6430 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6431 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6432
6433 state 10
6434
6435 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6436 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6437 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6438 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6439 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6440
6441 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6442
6443 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6444 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6445
6446 state 11
6447
6448 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6449 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6450 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6451 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6452 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6453
6454 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6455 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6456 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6457 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6458
6459 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6460 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6461 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6462 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6463 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6464 @end example
6465
6466 @noindent
6467 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6468 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6469 @samp{*}, but also because the
6470 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6471
6472
6473 @node Tracing
6474 @section Tracing Your Parser
6475 @findex yydebug
6476 @cindex debugging
6477 @cindex tracing the parser
6478
6479 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6480 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6481
6482 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6483
6484 @table @asis
6485 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6486 @findex YYDEBUG
6487 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6488 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6489 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6490 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6491 Prologue}).
6492
6493 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6494 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6495 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6496
6497 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6498 @findex %debug
6499 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6500 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6501 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6502 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6503 you, this is
6504 the preferred solution.
6505 @end table
6506
6507 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6508 always possible.
6509
6510 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6511 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6512 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6513 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6514 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6515 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6516
6517 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6518 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6519 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6520 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6521
6522 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6523 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6524 messages tell you these things:
6525
6526 @itemize @bullet
6527 @item
6528 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6529
6530 @item
6531 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6532 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6533
6534 @item
6535 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6536 of the state stack afterward.
6537 @end itemize
6538
6539 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6540 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6541 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6542 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6543 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6544 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6545 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6546 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6547 grammar are to blame.
6548
6549 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6550 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6551 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6552 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6553 the grammar it is working.
6554
6555 @findex YYPRINT
6556 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6557 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6558 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6559 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6560 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6561 value (from @code{yylval}).
6562
6563 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6564 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6565
6566 @smallexample
6567 %@{
6568 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6569 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6570 %@}
6571
6572 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6573
6574 static void
6575 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6576 @{
6577 if (type == VAR)
6578 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6579 else if (type == NUM)
6580 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6581 @}
6582 @end smallexample
6583
6584 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6585
6586 @node Invocation
6587 @chapter Invoking Bison
6588 @cindex invoking Bison
6589 @cindex Bison invocation
6590 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6591
6592 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6593
6594 @example
6595 bison @var{infile}
6596 @end example
6597
6598 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6599 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6600 with @samp{.tab.c}. Thus, the @samp{bison foo.y} filename yields
6601 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} filename yields
6602 @file{hack/foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6603 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6604 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6605 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6606 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6607 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate filenames like
6608 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6609
6610 For example :
6611
6612 @example
6613 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6614 @end example
6615 @noindent
6616 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6617
6618 @example
6619 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6620 @end example
6621 @noindent
6622 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6623
6624 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6625 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6626 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6627
6628 @menu
6629 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6630 in alphabetical order by short options.
6631 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6632 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6633 @end menu
6634
6635 @node Bison Options
6636 @section Bison Options
6637
6638 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6639 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6640 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6641 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6642 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6643 @samp{=}.
6644
6645 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6646 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6647 option.
6648
6649 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6650 @noindent
6651 Operations modes:
6652 @table @option
6653 @item -h
6654 @itemx --help
6655 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6656
6657 @item -V
6658 @itemx --version
6659 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6660
6661 @item --print-localedir
6662 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6663
6664 @need 1750
6665 @item -y
6666 @itemx --yacc
6667 Equivalent to @samp{-o y.tab.c}; the parser output file is called
6668 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6669 @file{y.tab.h}. The purpose of this option is to imitate Yacc's output
6670 file name conventions. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6671 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6672 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6673
6674 @example
6675 #! /bin/sh
6676 bison -y "$@@"
6677 @end example
6678 @end table
6679
6680 @noindent
6681 Tuning the parser:
6682
6683 @table @option
6684 @item -S @var{file}
6685 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6686 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6687 you are developing Bison.
6688
6689 @item -t
6690 @itemx --debug
6691 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6692 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6693 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6694
6695 @item --locations
6696 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6697
6698 @item -p @var{prefix}
6699 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6700 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6701 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6702
6703 @item -l
6704 @itemx --no-lines
6705 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6706 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6707 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6708 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6709 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6710
6711 @item -n
6712 @itemx --no-parser
6713 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6714
6715 @item -k
6716 @itemx --token-table
6717 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6718 @end table
6719
6720 @noindent
6721 Adjust the output:
6722
6723 @table @option
6724 @item -d
6725 @itemx --defines
6726 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6727 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6728 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6729
6730 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6731 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6732
6733 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6734 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6735 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6736 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6737
6738 @item -r @var{things}
6739 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6740 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6741 separated list of @var{things} among:
6742
6743 @table @code
6744 @item state
6745 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6746 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6747
6748 @item look-ahead
6749 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6750 each rule's look-ahead set.
6751
6752 @item itemset
6753 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6754 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6755 @end table
6756
6757 For instance, on the following grammar
6758
6759 @item -v
6760 @itemx --verbose
6761 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6762 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6763 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6764
6765 @item -o @var{filename}
6766 @itemx --output=@var{filename}
6767 Specify the @var{filename} for the parser file.
6768
6769 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{filename} as
6770 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6771
6772 @item -g
6773 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6774 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6775 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6776 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6777
6778 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6779 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6780 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6781 the output graph filename.
6782 @end table
6783
6784 @node Option Cross Key
6785 @section Option Cross Key
6786
6787 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6788 the corresponding short option.
6789
6790 @tex
6791 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6792
6793 {\tt
6794 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6795 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6796 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6797 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6798 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6799 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6800 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6801 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6802 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6803 \line{ --print-localedir}
6804 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6805 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6806 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6807 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6808 }
6809 @end tex
6810
6811 @ifinfo
6812 @example
6813 --debug -t
6814 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6815 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6816 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6817 --help -h
6818 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6819 --no-lines -l
6820 --no-parser -n
6821 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6822 --print-localedir
6823 --token-table -k
6824 --verbose -v
6825 --version -V
6826 --yacc -y
6827 @end example
6828 @end ifinfo
6829
6830 @node Yacc Library
6831 @section Yacc Library
6832
6833 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6834 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6835 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6836 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6837 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6838 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6839 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6840
6841 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6842 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6843
6844 @example
6845 int yyerror (char const *);
6846 @end example
6847
6848 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6849 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6850 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6851
6852 @example
6853 int yyparse (void);
6854 @end example
6855
6856 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6857
6858 @node C++ Language Interface
6859 @chapter C++ Language Interface
6860
6861 @menu
6862 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
6863 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
6864 @end menu
6865
6866 @node C++ Parsers
6867 @section C++ Parsers
6868
6869 @menu
6870 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
6871 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
6872 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
6873 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
6874 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
6875 @end menu
6876
6877 @node C++ Bison Interface
6878 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
6879 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
6880 @c - Always pure
6881 @c - initial action
6882
6883 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
6884 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
6885 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
6886 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
6887 files:
6888 @table @file
6889 @item position.hh
6890 @itemx location.hh
6891 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
6892 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
6893
6894 @item stack.hh
6895 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
6896
6897 @item @var{filename}.hh
6898 @itemx @var{filename}.cc
6899 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
6900 @var{filename} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
6901 rules as with regular C parsers.
6902
6903 Note that @file{@var{filename}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
6904 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
6905 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
6906 @samp{%defines} directive.
6907 @end table
6908
6909 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
6910 for a complete and accurate documentation.
6911
6912 @node C++ Semantic Values
6913 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
6914 @c - No objects in unions
6915 @c - YSTYPE
6916 @c - Printer and destructor
6917
6918 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
6919 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
6920 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
6921 within pseudo-unions (variants) might be implemented to alleviate
6922 these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
6923 @itemize @minus
6924 @item
6925 The name @code{YYSTYPE} also denotes @samp{union YYSTYPE}. You may
6926 forward declare it just with @samp{union YYSTYPE;}.
6927 @item
6928 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
6929 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
6930 to such objects are allowed.
6931 @end itemize
6932
6933 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
6934 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
6935 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
6936 Symbols}.
6937
6938
6939 @node C++ Location Values
6940 @subsection C++ Location Values
6941 @c - %locations
6942 @c - class Position
6943 @c - class Location
6944 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
6945
6946 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
6947 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
6948 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
6949 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
6950 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
6951
6952 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} filename
6953 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
6954 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
6955 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
6956 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
6957 @end deftypemethod
6958
6959 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
6960 The line, starting at 1.
6961 @end deftypemethod
6962
6963 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
6964 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
6965 @end deftypemethod
6966
6967 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
6968 The column, starting at 0.
6969 @end deftypemethod
6970
6971 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
6972 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
6973 @end deftypemethod
6974
6975 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6976 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6977 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6978 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6979 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
6980 @end deftypemethod
6981
6982 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
6983 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
6984 @samp{@var{filename}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
6985 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{filename} is null.
6986 @end deftypemethod
6987
6988 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
6989 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
6990 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
6991 @end deftypemethod
6992
6993 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
6994 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
6995 Advance the @code{end} position.
6996 @end deftypemethod
6997
6998 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
6999 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7000 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7001 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7002 @end deftypemethod
7003
7004 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7005 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7006 @end deftypemethod
7007
7008
7009 @node C++ Parser Interface
7010 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7011 @c - define parser_class_name
7012 @c - Ctor
7013 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7014 @c debug_stream.
7015 @c - Reporting errors
7016
7017 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7018 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7019 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7020 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7021 this class is detailled below. It can be extended using the
7022 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7023 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7024 additional argument for its constructor.
7025
7026 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7027 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7028 The types for semantics value and locations.
7029 @end defcv
7030
7031 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7032 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7033 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7034 @end deftypemethod
7035
7036 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7037 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7038 @end deftypemethod
7039
7040 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7041 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7042 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7043 @code{std::cerr}.
7044 @end deftypemethod
7045
7046 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7047 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7048 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7049 or non-zero, full tracing.
7050 @end deftypemethod
7051
7052 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7053 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7054 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7055 described by @var{m}.
7056 @end deftypemethod
7057
7058
7059 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7060 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7061 @c - prefix for yylex.
7062 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7063 @c - %lex-param
7064
7065 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7066 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7067 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7068
7069 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7070 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7071 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7072 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7073 @end deftypemethod
7074
7075
7076 @node A Complete C++ Example
7077 @section A Complete C++ Example
7078
7079 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7080 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7081 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7082 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7083 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7084 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7085 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7086 actually easier to interface with.
7087
7088 @menu
7089 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7090 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7091 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7092 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7093 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7094 @end menu
7095
7096 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7097 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7098
7099 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7100 expression, possibily preceded by variable assignments. An
7101 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7102 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7103 of valid input follows.
7104
7105 @example
7106 three := 3
7107 seven := one + two * three
7108 seven * seven
7109 @end example
7110
7111 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7112 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7113 @c - An env
7114 @c - A place to store error messages
7115 @c - A place for the result
7116
7117 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7118 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7119 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7120 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7121 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7122 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7123 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7124
7125 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7126 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7127 required standard library components.
7128
7129 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7130 @example
7131 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7132 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7133 # include <string>
7134 # include <map>
7135 @end example
7136
7137 @noindent
7138 Then come forward declarations. Because the parser uses the parsing
7139 driver and reciprocally, simple inclusions of header files will not
7140 do. Because the driver's declaration is the one that will be imported
7141 by the rest of the project, it is saner to forward declare the
7142 parser's information here.
7143
7144 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7145 @example
7146 // Forward declarations.
7147 union YYSTYPE;
7148 namespace yy
7149 @{
7150 class location;
7151 class calcxx_parser;
7152 @}
7153 class calcxx_driver;
7154 @end example
7155
7156 @noindent
7157 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7158 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7159 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7160 factor both as follows.
7161
7162 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7163 @example
7164 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7165 # define YY_DECL \
7166 int yylex (YYSTYPE* yylval, yy::location* yylloc, calcxx_driver& driver)
7167 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7168 YY_DECL;
7169 @end example
7170
7171 @noindent
7172 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7173 members.
7174
7175 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7176 @example
7177 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7178 class calcxx_driver
7179 @{
7180 public:
7181 calcxx_driver ();
7182 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7183
7184 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7185
7186 int result;
7187 @end example
7188
7189 @noindent
7190 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7191 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7192 members.
7193
7194 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7195 @example
7196 // Handling the scanner.
7197 void scan_begin ();
7198 void scan_end ();
7199 bool trace_scanning;
7200 @end example
7201
7202 @noindent
7203 Similarly for the parser itself.
7204
7205 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7206 @example
7207 // Handling the parser.
7208 void parse (const std::string& f);
7209 std::string file;
7210 bool trace_parsing;
7211 @end example
7212
7213 @noindent
7214 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7215 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7216 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7217 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7218
7219 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7220 @example
7221 // Error handling.
7222 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7223 void error (const std::string& m);
7224 @};
7225 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7226 @end example
7227
7228 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7229 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7230 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7231 messages and set error state.
7232
7233 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7234 @example
7235 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7236 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7237
7238 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7239 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7240 @{
7241 variables["one"] = 1;
7242 variables["two"] = 2;
7243 @}
7244
7245 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7246 @{
7247 @}
7248
7249 void
7250 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7251 @{
7252 file = f;
7253 scan_begin ();
7254 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7255 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7256 parser.parse ();
7257 scan_end ();
7258 @}
7259
7260 void
7261 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7262 @{
7263 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7264 @}
7265
7266 void
7267 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7268 @{
7269 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7270 @}
7271 @end example
7272
7273 @node Calc++ Parser
7274 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7275
7276 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking
7277 for the C++ skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7278 specifies the name of the parser class. It then includes the required
7279 headers.
7280
7281 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7282 @example
7283 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7284 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7285 %defines
7286 %@{
7287 # include <string>
7288 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7289 %@}
7290 @end example
7291
7292 @noindent
7293 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7294 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7295 global variables.
7296
7297 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7298 @example
7299 // The parsing context.
7300 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7301 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7302 @end example
7303
7304 @noindent
7305 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7306 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7307 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7308 automatically propagated.
7309
7310 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7311 @example
7312 %locations
7313 %initial-action
7314 @{
7315 // Initialize the initial location.
7316 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7317 @};
7318 @end example
7319
7320 @noindent
7321 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7322 error messages.
7323
7324 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7325 @example
7326 %debug
7327 %error-verbose
7328 @end example
7329
7330 @noindent
7331 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7332 them.
7333
7334 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7335 @example
7336 // Symbols.
7337 %union
7338 @{
7339 int ival;
7340 std::string *sval;
7341 @};
7342 @end example
7343
7344 @noindent
7345 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7346 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7347 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7348 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7349 avoid name clashes.
7350
7351 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7352 @example
7353 %token YYEOF 0 "end of file"
7354 %token TOKEN_ASSIGN ":="
7355 %token <sval> TOKEN_IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7356 %token <ival> TOKEN_NUMBER "number"
7357 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7358 @end example
7359
7360 @noindent
7361 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7362 @code{%destructor}.
7363
7364 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7365 @example
7366 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7367 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7368
7369 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7370 @end example
7371
7372 @noindent
7373 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7374
7375 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7376 @example
7377 %%
7378 %start unit;
7379 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7380
7381 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7382 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7383
7384 assignment: TOKEN_IDENTIFIER ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7385
7386 %left '+' '-';
7387 %left '*' '/';
7388 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7389 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7390 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7391 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7392 | TOKEN_IDENTIFIER @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7393 | TOKEN_NUMBER @{ $$ = $1; @};
7394 %%
7395 @end example
7396
7397 @noindent
7398 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7399 driver.
7400
7401 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7402 @example
7403 void
7404 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7405 const std::string& m)
7406 @{
7407 driver.error (l, m);
7408 @}
7409 @end example
7410
7411 @node Calc++ Scanner
7412 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7413
7414 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7415 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7416
7417 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7418 @example
7419 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7420 # include <string>
7421 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7422 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7423 %@}
7424 @end example
7425
7426 @noindent
7427 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7428 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7429 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7430 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7431
7432 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7433 @example
7434 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7435 @end example
7436
7437 @noindent
7438 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7439
7440 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7441 @example
7442 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7443 int [0-9]+
7444 blank [ \t]
7445 @end example
7446
7447 @noindent
7448 The following paragraph suffices to track locations acurately. Each
7449 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7450 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7451 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7452 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7453 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7454 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7455
7456 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7457 @example
7458 %@{
7459 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7460 %@}
7461 %%
7462 %@{
7463 yylloc->step ();
7464 %@}
7465 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7466 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7467 @end example
7468
7469 @noindent
7470 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report
7471 errors.
7472
7473 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7474 @example
7475 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7476 ":=" return TOKEN_ASSIGN;
7477 @{int@} yylval->ival = atoi (yytext); return TOKEN_NUMBER;
7478 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return TOKEN_IDENTIFIER;
7479 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7480 %%
7481 @end example
7482
7483 @noindent
7484 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7485 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7486
7487 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7488 @example
7489 void
7490 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7491 @{
7492 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7493 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7494 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7495 @}
7496
7497 void
7498 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7499 @{
7500 fclose (yyin);
7501 @}
7502 @end example
7503
7504 @node Calc++ Top Level
7505 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7506
7507 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7508
7509 @comment file: calc++.cc
7510 @example
7511 #include <iostream>
7512 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7513
7514 int
7515 main (int argc, const char* argv[])
7516 @{
7517 calcxx_driver driver;
7518 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7519 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7520 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7521 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7522 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7523 else
7524 @{
7525 driver.parse (*argv);
7526 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7527 @}
7528 @}
7529 @end example
7530
7531 @c ================================================= FAQ
7532
7533 @node FAQ
7534 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7535 @cindex frequently asked questions
7536 @cindex questions
7537
7538 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7539 are addressed.
7540
7541 @menu
7542 * Parser Stack Overflow:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7543 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7544 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7545 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7546 @end menu
7547
7548 @node Parser Stack Overflow
7549 @section Parser Stack Overflow
7550
7551 @display
7552 My parser returns with error with a @samp{parser stack overflow}
7553 message. What can I do?
7554 @end display
7555
7556 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7557 ,Recursive Rules}.
7558
7559 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7560 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7561
7562 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7563 following typical questions:
7564
7565 @display
7566 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7567 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7568 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7569 @end display
7570
7571 @noindent
7572 or
7573
7574 @display
7575 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7576 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7577 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7578 @end display
7579
7580 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7581 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7582 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7583 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7584 @file{first-line.l}:
7585
7586 @verbatim
7587 %{
7588 #include <stdio.h>
7589 #include <stdlib.h>
7590 %}
7591 %%
7592 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7593 %%
7594 int
7595 yyparse (char const *file)
7596 {
7597 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7598 if (!yyin)
7599 exit (2);
7600 /* One token only. */
7601 yylex ();
7602 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7603 exit (3);
7604 return 0;
7605 }
7606
7607 int
7608 main (void)
7609 {
7610 yyparse ("input");
7611 yyparse ("input");
7612 return 0;
7613 }
7614 @end verbatim
7615
7616 @noindent
7617 If the file @file{input} contains
7618
7619 @verbatim
7620 input:1: Hello,
7621 input:2: World!
7622 @end verbatim
7623
7624 @noindent
7625 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7626
7627 @example
7628 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7629 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7630 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7631 input:1: Hello,
7632 input:2: World!
7633 @end example
7634
7635 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7636 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7637 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7638 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7639 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7640 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7641 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7642 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7643 input buffers.
7644
7645 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7646 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7647 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7648 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7649
7650 @node Strings are Destroyed
7651 @section Strings are Destroyed
7652
7653 @display
7654 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7655 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7656 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7657 @end display
7658
7659 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7660 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7661 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7662
7663 @verbatim
7664 %{
7665 #include <stdio.h>
7666 char *yylval = NULL;
7667 %}
7668 %%
7669 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7670 \n /* IGNORE */
7671 %%
7672 int
7673 main ()
7674 {
7675 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7676 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7677 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7678 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7679 return 0;
7680 }
7681 @end verbatim
7682
7683 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7684
7685 @example
7686 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7687 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7688 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7689 "one
7690 two", "two"
7691 @end example
7692
7693 @noindent
7694 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7695 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7696 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7697 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7698 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7699 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7700
7701 @example
7702 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7703 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7704 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7705 "two", "two"
7706 @end example
7707
7708
7709 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7710 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7711
7712 @display
7713 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7714 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7715 @end display
7716
7717 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7718 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7719 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7720 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7721 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7722 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7723 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7724
7725 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7726 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7727 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7728 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7729 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7730 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7731 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7732 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7733 compiler.
7734
7735 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7736 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7737
7738
7739
7740 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7741
7742 @node Table of Symbols
7743 @appendix Bison Symbols
7744 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7745 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7746
7747 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7748 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7749 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7750 @end deffn
7751
7752 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7753 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7754 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7755 @end deffn
7756
7757 @deffn {Variable} $$
7758 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7759 @xref{Actions}.
7760 @end deffn
7761
7762 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7763 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7764 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7765 @end deffn
7766
7767 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7768 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7769 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7770 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7771 @end deffn
7772
7773 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7774 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7775 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7776 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7777 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7778 Grammar}.
7779 @end deffn
7780
7781 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7782 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7783 @end deffn
7784
7785 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7786 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7787 Grammar Rules}.
7788 @end deffn
7789
7790 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7791 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7792 @end deffn
7793
7794 @deffn {Delimiter} |
7795 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
7796 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7797 @end deffn
7798
7799 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
7800 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
7801 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
7802 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
7803 @end deffn
7804
7805 @deffn {Directive} %debug
7806 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7807 @end deffn
7808
7809 @ifset defaultprec
7810 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
7811 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7812 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7813 Precedence}.
7814 @end deffn
7815 @end ifset
7816
7817 @deffn {Directive} %defines
7818 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
7819 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7820 @end deffn
7821
7822 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
7823 Specifying how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
7824 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
7825 @end deffn
7826
7827 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
7828 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
7829 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
7830 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7831 @end deffn
7832
7833 @deffn {Symbol} $end
7834 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
7835 used in the grammar.
7836 @end deffn
7837
7838 @deffn {Symbol} error
7839 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
7840 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
7841 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
7842 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
7843 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
7844 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
7845 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
7846 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7847 @end deffn
7848
7849 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
7850 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
7851 when @code{yyerror} is called.
7852 @end deffn
7853
7854 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7855 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
7856 Summary}.
7857 @end deffn
7858
7859 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
7860 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
7861 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7862 @end deffn
7863
7864 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
7865 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
7866 @end deffn
7867
7868 @deffn {Directive} %left
7869 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
7870 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7871 @end deffn
7872
7873 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7874 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7875 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
7876 for Pure Parsers}.
7877 @end deffn
7878
7879 @deffn {Directive} %merge
7880 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
7881 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
7882 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
7883 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7884 @end deffn
7885
7886 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7887 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7888 @end deffn
7889
7890 @ifset defaultprec
7891 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
7892 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7893 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7894 Precedence}.
7895 @end deffn
7896 @end ifset
7897
7898 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
7899 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
7900 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7901 @end deffn
7902
7903 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
7904 Bison declaration to assign non-associativity to token(s).
7905 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7906 @end deffn
7907
7908 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{filename}"
7909 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
7910 Summary}.
7911 @end deffn
7912
7913 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7914 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7915 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
7916 Function @code{yyparse}}.
7917 @end deffn
7918
7919 @deffn {Directive} %prec
7920 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
7921 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
7922 @end deffn
7923
7924 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
7925 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
7926 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
7927 @end deffn
7928
7929 @deffn {Directive} %right
7930 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
7931 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7932 @end deffn
7933
7934 @deffn {Directive} %start
7935 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
7936 Start-Symbol}.
7937 @end deffn
7938
7939 @deffn {Directive} %token
7940 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
7941 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
7942 @end deffn
7943
7944 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
7945 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
7946 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7947 @end deffn
7948
7949 @deffn {Directive} %type
7950 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
7951 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
7952 @end deffn
7953
7954 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
7955 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
7956 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
7957 @code{error}.
7958 @end deffn
7959
7960 @deffn {Directive} %union
7961 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
7962 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
7963 @end deffn
7964
7965 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
7966 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
7967 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
7968 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
7969 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
7970 @end deffn
7971
7972 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
7973 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
7974 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
7975 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
7976 @end deffn
7977
7978 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
7979 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
7980 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
7981 @end deffn
7982
7983 @deffn {Variable} yychar
7984 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the current
7985 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
7986 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
7987 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
7988 @end deffn
7989
7990 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
7991 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
7992 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
7993 @end deffn
7994
7995 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
7996 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
7997 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7998 @end deffn
7999
8000 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8001 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8002 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8003 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8004 @end deffn
8005
8006 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8007 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8008 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8009 @end deffn
8010
8011 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8012 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8013 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8014 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8015 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8016 @end deffn
8017
8018 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8019 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8020 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8021 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8022 @end deffn
8023
8024 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8025 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8026 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8027 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8028 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8029 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8030 @end deffn
8031
8032 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8033 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8034 @xref{Stack Overflow}.
8035 @end deffn
8036
8037 @deffn {Function} yylex
8038 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8039 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8040 @code{yylex}}.
8041 @end deffn
8042
8043 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8044 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8045 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. he use of this
8046 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8047 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8048 @end deffn
8049
8050 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8051 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8052 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8053 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8054 @code{yylex}.) You can ignore this variable if you don't use the
8055 @samp{@@} feature in the grammar actions. @xref{Token Locations,
8056 ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8057 @end deffn
8058
8059 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8060 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8061 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8062 @end deffn
8063
8064 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8065 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8066 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8067 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8068 @code{yylex}.) @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8069 @end deffn
8070
8071 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8072 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Stack
8073 Overflow}.
8074 @end deffn
8075
8076 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8077 Global variable which Bison increments each time there is a syntax error.
8078 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8079 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8080 @end deffn
8081
8082 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8083 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8084 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8085 @end deffn
8086
8087 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8088 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8089 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8090 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8091 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8092 @end deffn
8093
8094 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8095 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8096 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8097 @end deffn
8098
8099 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8100 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8101 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8102 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8103 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8104 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8105 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8106
8107 If you define @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} to 1, it is your
8108 responsibility to make sure that @code{alloca} is visible, e.g., by
8109 using @acronym{GCC} or by including @code{<stdlib.h>}. Furthermore,
8110 in the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8111 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8112 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8113 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8114 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8115 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8116 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8117 @end deffn
8118
8119 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8120 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8121 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8122 @end deffn
8123
8124 @node Glossary
8125 @appendix Glossary
8126 @cindex glossary
8127
8128 @table @asis
8129 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8130 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8131 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8132 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8133 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8134
8135 @item Context-free grammars
8136 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8137 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8138 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8139 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8140 Grammars}.
8141
8142 @item Dynamic allocation
8143 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8144 compile time or on entry to a function.
8145
8146 @item Empty string
8147 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8148 character string of length zero.
8149
8150 @item Finite-state stack machine
8151 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8152 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8153 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8154 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8155 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8156 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8157
8158 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8159 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8160 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8161 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8162 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8163 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8164 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8165 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8166
8167 @item Grouping
8168 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8169 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8170 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8171
8172 @item Infix operator
8173 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8174 performs some operation.
8175
8176 @item Input stream
8177 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8178
8179 @item Language construct
8180 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8181 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8182 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8183
8184 @item Left associativity
8185 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8186 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8187 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8188
8189 @item Left recursion
8190 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8191 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8192 Rules}.
8193
8194 @item Left-to-right parsing
8195 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8196 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8197
8198 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8199 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8200 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8201
8202 @item Lexical tie-in
8203 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8204 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8205
8206 @item Literal string token
8207 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8208
8209 @item Look-ahead token
8210 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8211 Tokens}.
8212
8213 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8214 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8215 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8216 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8217
8218 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8219 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8220 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8221
8222 @item Nonterminal symbol
8223 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8224 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8225 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8226
8227 @item Parser
8228 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8229 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8230 analyzer.
8231
8232 @item Postfix operator
8233 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8234 performs some operation.
8235
8236 @item Reduction
8237 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8238 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8239 Parser Algorithm}.
8240
8241 @item Reentrant
8242 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8243 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8244 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8245
8246 @item Reverse polish notation
8247 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8248
8249 @item Right recursion
8250 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8251 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8252 Rules}.
8253
8254 @item Semantics
8255 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8256 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8257 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8258
8259 @item Shift
8260 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8261 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8262 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8263
8264 @item Single-character literal
8265 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8266 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8267
8268 @item Start symbol
8269 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8270 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8271 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8272 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8273
8274 @item Symbol table
8275 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8276 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8277 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8278
8279 @item Syntax error
8280 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8281 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8282
8283 @item Token
8284 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8285 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8286 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8287 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8288
8289 @item Terminal symbol
8290 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8291 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8292 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8293 @end table
8294
8295 @node Copying This Manual
8296 @appendix Copying This Manual
8297
8298 @menu
8299 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8300 @end menu
8301
8302 @include fdl.texi
8303
8304 @node Index
8305 @unnumbered Index
8306
8307 @printindex cp
8308
8309 @bye
8310
8311 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8312 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8313 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8314 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8315 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8316 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8317 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8318 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8319 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8320 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8321 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8322 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8323 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8324 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8325 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8326 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8327 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8328 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8329 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8330 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8331 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8332 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8333 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8334 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8335 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8336 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8337 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8338 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8339 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex